| 1 | /*------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 2 | * |
| 3 | * fe-connect.c |
| 4 | * functions related to setting up a connection to the backend |
| 5 | * |
| 6 | * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2019, PostgreSQL Global Development Group |
| 7 | * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California |
| 8 | * |
| 9 | * |
| 10 | * IDENTIFICATION |
| 11 | * src/interfaces/libpq/fe-connect.c |
| 12 | * |
| 13 | *------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| 14 | */ |
| 15 | |
| 16 | #include "postgres_fe.h" |
| 17 | |
| 18 | #include <sys/stat.h> |
| 19 | #include <fcntl.h> |
| 20 | #include <ctype.h> |
| 21 | #include <time.h> |
| 22 | #include <unistd.h> |
| 23 | |
| 24 | #include "libpq-fe.h" |
| 25 | #include "libpq-int.h" |
| 26 | #include "fe-auth.h" |
| 27 | #include "pg_config_paths.h" |
| 28 | |
| 29 | #ifdef WIN32 |
| 30 | #include "win32.h" |
| 31 | #ifdef _WIN32_IE |
| 32 | #undef _WIN32_IE |
| 33 | #endif |
| 34 | #define _WIN32_IE 0x0500 |
| 35 | #ifdef near |
| 36 | #undef near |
| 37 | #endif |
| 38 | #define near |
| 39 | #include <shlobj.h> |
| 40 | #ifdef _MSC_VER /* mstcpip.h is missing on mingw */ |
| 41 | #include <mstcpip.h> |
| 42 | #endif |
| 43 | #else |
| 44 | #include <sys/socket.h> |
| 45 | #include <netdb.h> |
| 46 | #include <netinet/in.h> |
| 47 | #ifdef HAVE_NETINET_TCP_H |
| 48 | #include <netinet/tcp.h> |
| 49 | #endif |
| 50 | #endif |
| 51 | |
| 52 | #ifdef ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY |
| 53 | #ifdef WIN32 |
| 54 | #include "pthread-win32.h" |
| 55 | #else |
| 56 | #include <pthread.h> |
| 57 | #endif |
| 58 | #endif |
| 59 | |
| 60 | #ifdef USE_LDAP |
| 61 | #ifdef WIN32 |
| 62 | #include <winldap.h> |
| 63 | #else |
| 64 | /* OpenLDAP deprecates RFC 1823, but we want standard conformance */ |
| 65 | #define LDAP_DEPRECATED 1 |
| 66 | #include <ldap.h> |
| 67 | typedef struct timeval LDAP_TIMEVAL; |
| 68 | #endif |
| 69 | static int ldapServiceLookup(const char *purl, PQconninfoOption *options, |
| 70 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage); |
| 71 | #endif |
| 72 | |
| 73 | #include "common/ip.h" |
| 74 | #include "common/link-canary.h" |
| 75 | #include "common/scram-common.h" |
| 76 | #include "mb/pg_wchar.h" |
| 77 | #include "port/pg_bswap.h" |
| 78 | |
| 79 | |
| 80 | #ifndef WIN32 |
| 81 | #define PGPASSFILE ".pgpass" |
| 82 | #else |
| 83 | #define PGPASSFILE "pgpass.conf" |
| 84 | #endif |
| 85 | |
| 86 | /* |
| 87 | * Pre-9.0 servers will return this SQLSTATE if asked to set |
| 88 | * application_name in a startup packet. We hard-wire the value rather |
| 89 | * than looking into errcodes.h since it reflects historical behavior |
| 90 | * rather than that of the current code. |
| 91 | */ |
| 92 | #define ERRCODE_APPNAME_UNKNOWN "42704" |
| 93 | |
| 94 | /* This is part of the protocol so just define it */ |
| 95 | #define ERRCODE_INVALID_PASSWORD "28P01" |
| 96 | /* This too */ |
| 97 | #define ERRCODE_CANNOT_CONNECT_NOW "57P03" |
| 98 | |
| 99 | /* |
| 100 | * Cope with the various platform-specific ways to spell TCP keepalive socket |
| 101 | * options. This doesn't cover Windows, which as usual does its own thing. |
| 102 | */ |
| 103 | #if defined(TCP_KEEPIDLE) |
| 104 | /* TCP_KEEPIDLE is the name of this option on Linux and *BSD */ |
| 105 | #define PG_TCP_KEEPALIVE_IDLE TCP_KEEPIDLE |
| 106 | #define PG_TCP_KEEPALIVE_IDLE_STR "TCP_KEEPIDLE" |
| 107 | #elif defined(TCP_KEEPALIVE_THRESHOLD) |
| 108 | /* TCP_KEEPALIVE_THRESHOLD is the name of this option on Solaris >= 11 */ |
| 109 | #define PG_TCP_KEEPALIVE_IDLE TCP_KEEPALIVE_THRESHOLD |
| 110 | #define PG_TCP_KEEPALIVE_IDLE_STR "TCP_KEEPALIVE_THRESHOLD" |
| 111 | #elif defined(TCP_KEEPALIVE) && defined(__darwin__) |
| 112 | /* TCP_KEEPALIVE is the name of this option on macOS */ |
| 113 | /* Caution: Solaris has this symbol but it means something different */ |
| 114 | #define PG_TCP_KEEPALIVE_IDLE TCP_KEEPALIVE |
| 115 | #define PG_TCP_KEEPALIVE_IDLE_STR "TCP_KEEPALIVE" |
| 116 | #endif |
| 117 | |
| 118 | /* |
| 119 | * fall back options if they are not specified by arguments or defined |
| 120 | * by environment variables |
| 121 | */ |
| 122 | #define DefaultHost "localhost" |
| 123 | #define DefaultTty "" |
| 124 | #define DefaultOption "" |
| 125 | #define DefaultAuthtype "" |
| 126 | #define DefaultTargetSessionAttrs "any" |
| 127 | #ifdef USE_SSL |
| 128 | #define DefaultSSLMode "prefer" |
| 129 | #else |
| 130 | #define DefaultSSLMode "disable" |
| 131 | #endif |
| 132 | #ifdef ENABLE_GSS |
| 133 | #include "fe-gssapi-common.h" |
| 134 | #define DefaultGSSMode "prefer" |
| 135 | #else |
| 136 | #define DefaultGSSMode "disable" |
| 137 | #endif |
| 138 | |
| 139 | /* ---------- |
| 140 | * Definition of the conninfo parameters and their fallback resources. |
| 141 | * |
| 142 | * If Environment-Var and Compiled-in are specified as NULL, no |
| 143 | * fallback is available. If after all no value can be determined |
| 144 | * for an option, an error is returned. |
| 145 | * |
| 146 | * The value for the username is treated specially in conninfo_add_defaults. |
| 147 | * If the value is not obtained any other way, the username is determined |
| 148 | * by pg_fe_getauthname(). |
| 149 | * |
| 150 | * The Label and Disp-Char entries are provided for applications that |
| 151 | * want to use PQconndefaults() to create a generic database connection |
| 152 | * dialog. Disp-Char is defined as follows: |
| 153 | * "" Normal input field |
| 154 | * "*" Password field - hide value |
| 155 | * "D" Debug option - don't show by default |
| 156 | * |
| 157 | * PQconninfoOptions[] is a constant static array that we use to initialize |
| 158 | * a dynamically allocated working copy. All the "val" fields in |
| 159 | * PQconninfoOptions[] *must* be NULL. In a working copy, non-null "val" |
| 160 | * fields point to malloc'd strings that should be freed when the working |
| 161 | * array is freed (see PQconninfoFree). |
| 162 | * |
| 163 | * The first part of each struct is identical to the one in libpq-fe.h, |
| 164 | * which is required since we memcpy() data between the two! |
| 165 | * ---------- |
| 166 | */ |
| 167 | typedef struct _internalPQconninfoOption |
| 168 | { |
| 169 | char *keyword; /* The keyword of the option */ |
| 170 | char *envvar; /* Fallback environment variable name */ |
| 171 | char *compiled; /* Fallback compiled in default value */ |
| 172 | char *val; /* Option's current value, or NULL */ |
| 173 | char *label; /* Label for field in connect dialog */ |
| 174 | char *dispchar; /* Indicates how to display this field in a |
| 175 | * connect dialog. Values are: "" Display |
| 176 | * entered value as is "*" Password field - |
| 177 | * hide value "D" Debug option - don't show |
| 178 | * by default */ |
| 179 | int dispsize; /* Field size in characters for dialog */ |
| 180 | /* --- |
| 181 | * Anything above this comment must be synchronized with |
| 182 | * PQconninfoOption in libpq-fe.h, since we memcpy() data |
| 183 | * between them! |
| 184 | * --- |
| 185 | */ |
| 186 | off_t connofs; /* Offset into PGconn struct, -1 if not there */ |
| 187 | } internalPQconninfoOption; |
| 188 | |
| 189 | static const internalPQconninfoOption PQconninfoOptions[] = { |
| 190 | /* |
| 191 | * "authtype" is no longer used, so mark it "don't show". We keep it in |
| 192 | * the array so as not to reject conninfo strings from old apps that might |
| 193 | * still try to set it. |
| 194 | */ |
| 195 | {"authtype" , "PGAUTHTYPE" , DefaultAuthtype, NULL, |
| 196 | "Database-Authtype" , "D" , 20, -1}, |
| 197 | |
| 198 | {"service" , "PGSERVICE" , NULL, NULL, |
| 199 | "Database-Service" , "" , 20, -1}, |
| 200 | |
| 201 | {"user" , "PGUSER" , NULL, NULL, |
| 202 | "Database-User" , "" , 20, |
| 203 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, pguser)}, |
| 204 | |
| 205 | {"password" , "PGPASSWORD" , NULL, NULL, |
| 206 | "Database-Password" , "*" , 20, |
| 207 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, pgpass)}, |
| 208 | |
| 209 | {"passfile" , "PGPASSFILE" , NULL, NULL, |
| 210 | "Database-Password-File" , "" , 64, |
| 211 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, pgpassfile)}, |
| 212 | |
| 213 | {"connect_timeout" , "PGCONNECT_TIMEOUT" , NULL, NULL, |
| 214 | "Connect-timeout" , "" , 10, /* strlen(INT32_MAX) == 10 */ |
| 215 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, connect_timeout)}, |
| 216 | |
| 217 | {"dbname" , "PGDATABASE" , NULL, NULL, |
| 218 | "Database-Name" , "" , 20, |
| 219 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, dbName)}, |
| 220 | |
| 221 | {"host" , "PGHOST" , NULL, NULL, |
| 222 | "Database-Host" , "" , 40, |
| 223 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, pghost)}, |
| 224 | |
| 225 | {"hostaddr" , "PGHOSTADDR" , NULL, NULL, |
| 226 | "Database-Host-IP-Address" , "" , 45, |
| 227 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, pghostaddr)}, |
| 228 | |
| 229 | {"port" , "PGPORT" , DEF_PGPORT_STR, NULL, |
| 230 | "Database-Port" , "" , 6, |
| 231 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, pgport)}, |
| 232 | |
| 233 | {"client_encoding" , "PGCLIENTENCODING" , NULL, NULL, |
| 234 | "Client-Encoding" , "" , 10, |
| 235 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, client_encoding_initial)}, |
| 236 | |
| 237 | /* |
| 238 | * "tty" is no longer used either, but keep it present for backwards |
| 239 | * compatibility. |
| 240 | */ |
| 241 | {"tty" , "PGTTY" , DefaultTty, NULL, |
| 242 | "Backend-Debug-TTY" , "D" , 40, |
| 243 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, pgtty)}, |
| 244 | |
| 245 | {"options" , "PGOPTIONS" , DefaultOption, NULL, |
| 246 | "Backend-Options" , "" , 40, |
| 247 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, pgoptions)}, |
| 248 | |
| 249 | {"application_name" , "PGAPPNAME" , NULL, NULL, |
| 250 | "Application-Name" , "" , 64, |
| 251 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, appname)}, |
| 252 | |
| 253 | {"fallback_application_name" , NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| 254 | "Fallback-Application-Name" , "" , 64, |
| 255 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, fbappname)}, |
| 256 | |
| 257 | {"keepalives" , NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| 258 | "TCP-Keepalives" , "" , 1, /* should be just '0' or '1' */ |
| 259 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, keepalives)}, |
| 260 | |
| 261 | {"keepalives_idle" , NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| 262 | "TCP-Keepalives-Idle" , "" , 10, /* strlen(INT32_MAX) == 10 */ |
| 263 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, keepalives_idle)}, |
| 264 | |
| 265 | {"keepalives_interval" , NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| 266 | "TCP-Keepalives-Interval" , "" , 10, /* strlen(INT32_MAX) == 10 */ |
| 267 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, keepalives_interval)}, |
| 268 | |
| 269 | {"keepalives_count" , NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| 270 | "TCP-Keepalives-Count" , "" , 10, /* strlen(INT32_MAX) == 10 */ |
| 271 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, keepalives_count)}, |
| 272 | |
| 273 | {"tcp_user_timeout" , NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| 274 | "TCP-User-Timeout" , "" , 10, /* strlen(INT32_MAX) == 10 */ |
| 275 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, pgtcp_user_timeout)}, |
| 276 | |
| 277 | /* |
| 278 | * ssl options are allowed even without client SSL support because the |
| 279 | * client can still handle SSL modes "disable" and "allow". Other |
| 280 | * parameters have no effect on non-SSL connections, so there is no reason |
| 281 | * to exclude them since none of them are mandatory. |
| 282 | */ |
| 283 | {"sslmode" , "PGSSLMODE" , DefaultSSLMode, NULL, |
| 284 | "SSL-Mode" , "" , 12, /* sizeof("verify-full") == 12 */ |
| 285 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, sslmode)}, |
| 286 | |
| 287 | {"sslcompression" , "PGSSLCOMPRESSION" , "0" , NULL, |
| 288 | "SSL-Compression" , "" , 1, |
| 289 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, sslcompression)}, |
| 290 | |
| 291 | {"sslcert" , "PGSSLCERT" , NULL, NULL, |
| 292 | "SSL-Client-Cert" , "" , 64, |
| 293 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, sslcert)}, |
| 294 | |
| 295 | {"sslkey" , "PGSSLKEY" , NULL, NULL, |
| 296 | "SSL-Client-Key" , "" , 64, |
| 297 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, sslkey)}, |
| 298 | |
| 299 | {"sslrootcert" , "PGSSLROOTCERT" , NULL, NULL, |
| 300 | "SSL-Root-Certificate" , "" , 64, |
| 301 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, sslrootcert)}, |
| 302 | |
| 303 | {"sslcrl" , "PGSSLCRL" , NULL, NULL, |
| 304 | "SSL-Revocation-List" , "" , 64, |
| 305 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, sslcrl)}, |
| 306 | |
| 307 | {"requirepeer" , "PGREQUIREPEER" , NULL, NULL, |
| 308 | "Require-Peer" , "" , 10, |
| 309 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, requirepeer)}, |
| 310 | |
| 311 | /* |
| 312 | * Expose gssencmode similarly to sslmode - we can still handle "disable" |
| 313 | * and "prefer". |
| 314 | */ |
| 315 | {"gssencmode" , "PGGSSENCMODE" , DefaultGSSMode, NULL, |
| 316 | "GSSENC-Mode" , "" , 7, /* sizeof("disable") == 7 */ |
| 317 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, gssencmode)}, |
| 318 | |
| 319 | #if defined(ENABLE_GSS) || defined(ENABLE_SSPI) |
| 320 | /* Kerberos and GSSAPI authentication support specifying the service name */ |
| 321 | {"krbsrvname" , "PGKRBSRVNAME" , PG_KRB_SRVNAM, NULL, |
| 322 | "Kerberos-service-name" , "" , 20, |
| 323 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, krbsrvname)}, |
| 324 | #endif |
| 325 | |
| 326 | #if defined(ENABLE_GSS) && defined(ENABLE_SSPI) |
| 327 | |
| 328 | /* |
| 329 | * GSSAPI and SSPI both enabled, give a way to override which is used by |
| 330 | * default |
| 331 | */ |
| 332 | {"gsslib" , "PGGSSLIB" , NULL, NULL, |
| 333 | "GSS-library" , "" , 7, /* sizeof("gssapi") = 7 */ |
| 334 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, gsslib)}, |
| 335 | #endif |
| 336 | |
| 337 | {"replication" , NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| 338 | "Replication" , "D" , 5, |
| 339 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, replication)}, |
| 340 | |
| 341 | {"target_session_attrs" , "PGTARGETSESSIONATTRS" , |
| 342 | DefaultTargetSessionAttrs, NULL, |
| 343 | "Target-Session-Attrs" , "" , 11, /* sizeof("read-write") = 11 */ |
| 344 | offsetof(struct pg_conn, target_session_attrs)}, |
| 345 | |
| 346 | /* Terminating entry --- MUST BE LAST */ |
| 347 | {NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, |
| 348 | NULL, NULL, 0} |
| 349 | }; |
| 350 | |
| 351 | static const PQEnvironmentOption EnvironmentOptions[] = |
| 352 | { |
| 353 | /* common user-interface settings */ |
| 354 | { |
| 355 | "PGDATESTYLE" , "datestyle" |
| 356 | }, |
| 357 | { |
| 358 | "PGTZ" , "timezone" |
| 359 | }, |
| 360 | /* internal performance-related settings */ |
| 361 | { |
| 362 | "PGGEQO" , "geqo" |
| 363 | }, |
| 364 | { |
| 365 | NULL, NULL |
| 366 | } |
| 367 | }; |
| 368 | |
| 369 | /* The connection URI must start with either of the following designators: */ |
| 370 | static const char uri_designator[] = "postgresql://" ; |
| 371 | static const char short_uri_designator[] = "postgres://" ; |
| 372 | |
| 373 | static bool connectOptions1(PGconn *conn, const char *conninfo); |
| 374 | static bool connectOptions2(PGconn *conn); |
| 375 | static int connectDBStart(PGconn *conn); |
| 376 | static int connectDBComplete(PGconn *conn); |
| 377 | static PGPing internal_ping(PGconn *conn); |
| 378 | static PGconn *makeEmptyPGconn(void); |
| 379 | static bool fillPGconn(PGconn *conn, PQconninfoOption *connOptions); |
| 380 | static void freePGconn(PGconn *conn); |
| 381 | static void closePGconn(PGconn *conn); |
| 382 | static void release_conn_addrinfo(PGconn *conn); |
| 383 | static void sendTerminateConn(PGconn *conn); |
| 384 | static PQconninfoOption *conninfo_init(PQExpBuffer errorMessage); |
| 385 | static PQconninfoOption *parse_connection_string(const char *conninfo, |
| 386 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage, bool use_defaults); |
| 387 | static int uri_prefix_length(const char *connstr); |
| 388 | static bool recognized_connection_string(const char *connstr); |
| 389 | static PQconninfoOption *conninfo_parse(const char *conninfo, |
| 390 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage, bool use_defaults); |
| 391 | static PQconninfoOption *conninfo_array_parse(const char *const *keywords, |
| 392 | const char *const *values, PQExpBuffer errorMessage, |
| 393 | bool use_defaults, int expand_dbname); |
| 394 | static bool conninfo_add_defaults(PQconninfoOption *options, |
| 395 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage); |
| 396 | static PQconninfoOption *conninfo_uri_parse(const char *uri, |
| 397 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage, bool use_defaults); |
| 398 | static bool conninfo_uri_parse_options(PQconninfoOption *options, |
| 399 | const char *uri, PQExpBuffer errorMessage); |
| 400 | static bool conninfo_uri_parse_params(char *params, |
| 401 | PQconninfoOption *connOptions, |
| 402 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage); |
| 403 | static char *conninfo_uri_decode(const char *str, PQExpBuffer errorMessage); |
| 404 | static bool get_hexdigit(char digit, int *value); |
| 405 | static const char *conninfo_getval(PQconninfoOption *connOptions, |
| 406 | const char *keyword); |
| 407 | static PQconninfoOption *conninfo_storeval(PQconninfoOption *connOptions, |
| 408 | const char *keyword, const char *value, |
| 409 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage, bool ignoreMissing, bool uri_decode); |
| 410 | static PQconninfoOption *conninfo_find(PQconninfoOption *connOptions, |
| 411 | const char *keyword); |
| 412 | static void defaultNoticeReceiver(void *arg, const PGresult *res); |
| 413 | static void defaultNoticeProcessor(void *arg, const char *message); |
| 414 | static int parseServiceInfo(PQconninfoOption *options, |
| 415 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage); |
| 416 | static int parseServiceFile(const char *serviceFile, |
| 417 | const char *service, |
| 418 | PQconninfoOption *options, |
| 419 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage, |
| 420 | bool *group_found); |
| 421 | static char *pwdfMatchesString(char *buf, const char *token); |
| 422 | static char *passwordFromFile(const char *hostname, const char *port, const char *dbname, |
| 423 | const char *username, const char *pgpassfile); |
| 424 | static void pgpassfileWarning(PGconn *conn); |
| 425 | static void default_threadlock(int acquire); |
| 426 | |
| 427 | |
| 428 | /* global variable because fe-auth.c needs to access it */ |
| 429 | pgthreadlock_t pg_g_threadlock = default_threadlock; |
| 430 | |
| 431 | |
| 432 | /* |
| 433 | * pqDropConnection |
| 434 | * |
| 435 | * Close any physical connection to the server, and reset associated |
| 436 | * state inside the connection object. We don't release state that |
| 437 | * would be needed to reconnect, though, nor local state that might still |
| 438 | * be useful later. |
| 439 | * |
| 440 | * We can always flush the output buffer, since there's no longer any hope |
| 441 | * of sending that data. However, unprocessed input data might still be |
| 442 | * valuable, so the caller must tell us whether to flush that or not. |
| 443 | */ |
| 444 | void |
| 445 | pqDropConnection(PGconn *conn, bool flushInput) |
| 446 | { |
| 447 | /* Drop any SSL state */ |
| 448 | pqsecure_close(conn); |
| 449 | |
| 450 | /* Close the socket itself */ |
| 451 | if (conn->sock != PGINVALID_SOCKET) |
| 452 | closesocket(conn->sock); |
| 453 | conn->sock = PGINVALID_SOCKET; |
| 454 | |
| 455 | /* Optionally discard any unread data */ |
| 456 | if (flushInput) |
| 457 | conn->inStart = conn->inCursor = conn->inEnd = 0; |
| 458 | |
| 459 | /* Always discard any unsent data */ |
| 460 | conn->outCount = 0; |
| 461 | |
| 462 | /* Free authentication state */ |
| 463 | #ifdef ENABLE_GSS |
| 464 | { |
| 465 | OM_uint32 min_s; |
| 466 | |
| 467 | if (conn->gctx) |
| 468 | gss_delete_sec_context(&min_s, &conn->gctx, GSS_C_NO_BUFFER); |
| 469 | if (conn->gtarg_nam) |
| 470 | gss_release_name(&min_s, &conn->gtarg_nam); |
| 471 | } |
| 472 | #endif |
| 473 | #ifdef ENABLE_SSPI |
| 474 | if (conn->sspitarget) |
| 475 | { |
| 476 | free(conn->sspitarget); |
| 477 | conn->sspitarget = NULL; |
| 478 | } |
| 479 | if (conn->sspicred) |
| 480 | { |
| 481 | FreeCredentialsHandle(conn->sspicred); |
| 482 | free(conn->sspicred); |
| 483 | conn->sspicred = NULL; |
| 484 | } |
| 485 | if (conn->sspictx) |
| 486 | { |
| 487 | DeleteSecurityContext(conn->sspictx); |
| 488 | free(conn->sspictx); |
| 489 | conn->sspictx = NULL; |
| 490 | } |
| 491 | conn->usesspi = 0; |
| 492 | #endif |
| 493 | if (conn->sasl_state) |
| 494 | { |
| 495 | /* |
| 496 | * XXX: if support for more authentication mechanisms is added, this |
| 497 | * needs to call the right 'free' function. |
| 498 | */ |
| 499 | pg_fe_scram_free(conn->sasl_state); |
| 500 | conn->sasl_state = NULL; |
| 501 | } |
| 502 | } |
| 503 | |
| 504 | |
| 505 | /* |
| 506 | * pqDropServerData |
| 507 | * |
| 508 | * Clear all connection state data that was received from (or deduced about) |
| 509 | * the server. This is essential to do between connection attempts to |
| 510 | * different servers, else we may incorrectly hold over some data from the |
| 511 | * old server. |
| 512 | * |
| 513 | * It would be better to merge this into pqDropConnection, perhaps, but |
| 514 | * right now we cannot because that function is called immediately on |
| 515 | * detection of connection loss (cf. pqReadData, for instance). This data |
| 516 | * should be kept until we are actually starting a new connection. |
| 517 | */ |
| 518 | static void |
| 519 | pqDropServerData(PGconn *conn) |
| 520 | { |
| 521 | PGnotify *notify; |
| 522 | pgParameterStatus *pstatus; |
| 523 | |
| 524 | /* Forget pending notifies */ |
| 525 | notify = conn->notifyHead; |
| 526 | while (notify != NULL) |
| 527 | { |
| 528 | PGnotify *prev = notify; |
| 529 | |
| 530 | notify = notify->next; |
| 531 | free(prev); |
| 532 | } |
| 533 | conn->notifyHead = conn->notifyTail = NULL; |
| 534 | |
| 535 | /* Reset ParameterStatus data, as well as variables deduced from it */ |
| 536 | pstatus = conn->pstatus; |
| 537 | while (pstatus != NULL) |
| 538 | { |
| 539 | pgParameterStatus *prev = pstatus; |
| 540 | |
| 541 | pstatus = pstatus->next; |
| 542 | free(prev); |
| 543 | } |
| 544 | conn->pstatus = NULL; |
| 545 | conn->client_encoding = PG_SQL_ASCII; |
| 546 | conn->std_strings = false; |
| 547 | conn->sversion = 0; |
| 548 | |
| 549 | /* Drop large-object lookup data */ |
| 550 | if (conn->lobjfuncs) |
| 551 | free(conn->lobjfuncs); |
| 552 | conn->lobjfuncs = NULL; |
| 553 | |
| 554 | /* Reset assorted other per-connection state */ |
| 555 | conn->last_sqlstate[0] = '\0'; |
| 556 | conn->auth_req_received = false; |
| 557 | conn->password_needed = false; |
| 558 | conn->write_failed = false; |
| 559 | if (conn->write_err_msg) |
| 560 | free(conn->write_err_msg); |
| 561 | conn->write_err_msg = NULL; |
| 562 | conn->be_pid = 0; |
| 563 | conn->be_key = 0; |
| 564 | } |
| 565 | |
| 566 | |
| 567 | /* |
| 568 | * Connecting to a Database |
| 569 | * |
| 570 | * There are now six different ways a user of this API can connect to the |
| 571 | * database. Two are not recommended for use in new code, because of their |
| 572 | * lack of extensibility with respect to the passing of options to the |
| 573 | * backend. These are PQsetdb and PQsetdbLogin (the former now being a macro |
| 574 | * to the latter). |
| 575 | * |
| 576 | * If it is desired to connect in a synchronous (blocking) manner, use the |
| 577 | * function PQconnectdb or PQconnectdbParams. The former accepts a string of |
| 578 | * option = value pairs (or a URI) which must be parsed; the latter takes two |
| 579 | * NULL terminated arrays instead. |
| 580 | * |
| 581 | * To connect in an asynchronous (non-blocking) manner, use the functions |
| 582 | * PQconnectStart or PQconnectStartParams (which differ in the same way as |
| 583 | * PQconnectdb and PQconnectdbParams) and PQconnectPoll. |
| 584 | * |
| 585 | * Internally, the static functions connectDBStart, connectDBComplete |
| 586 | * are part of the connection procedure. |
| 587 | */ |
| 588 | |
| 589 | /* |
| 590 | * PQconnectdbParams |
| 591 | * |
| 592 | * establishes a connection to a postgres backend through the postmaster |
| 593 | * using connection information in two arrays. |
| 594 | * |
| 595 | * The keywords array is defined as |
| 596 | * |
| 597 | * const char *params[] = {"option1", "option2", NULL} |
| 598 | * |
| 599 | * The values array is defined as |
| 600 | * |
| 601 | * const char *values[] = {"value1", "value2", NULL} |
| 602 | * |
| 603 | * Returns a PGconn* which is needed for all subsequent libpq calls, or NULL |
| 604 | * if a memory allocation failed. |
| 605 | * If the status field of the connection returned is CONNECTION_BAD, |
| 606 | * then some fields may be null'ed out instead of having valid values. |
| 607 | * |
| 608 | * You should call PQfinish (if conn is not NULL) regardless of whether this |
| 609 | * call succeeded. |
| 610 | */ |
| 611 | PGconn * |
| 612 | PQconnectdbParams(const char *const *keywords, |
| 613 | const char *const *values, |
| 614 | int expand_dbname) |
| 615 | { |
| 616 | PGconn *conn = PQconnectStartParams(keywords, values, expand_dbname); |
| 617 | |
| 618 | if (conn && conn->status != CONNECTION_BAD) |
| 619 | (void) connectDBComplete(conn); |
| 620 | |
| 621 | return conn; |
| 622 | |
| 623 | } |
| 624 | |
| 625 | /* |
| 626 | * PQpingParams |
| 627 | * |
| 628 | * check server status, accepting parameters identical to PQconnectdbParams |
| 629 | */ |
| 630 | PGPing |
| 631 | PQpingParams(const char *const *keywords, |
| 632 | const char *const *values, |
| 633 | int expand_dbname) |
| 634 | { |
| 635 | PGconn *conn = PQconnectStartParams(keywords, values, expand_dbname); |
| 636 | PGPing ret; |
| 637 | |
| 638 | ret = internal_ping(conn); |
| 639 | PQfinish(conn); |
| 640 | |
| 641 | return ret; |
| 642 | } |
| 643 | |
| 644 | /* |
| 645 | * PQconnectdb |
| 646 | * |
| 647 | * establishes a connection to a postgres backend through the postmaster |
| 648 | * using connection information in a string. |
| 649 | * |
| 650 | * The conninfo string is either a whitespace-separated list of |
| 651 | * |
| 652 | * option = value |
| 653 | * |
| 654 | * definitions or a URI (refer to the documentation for details.) Value |
| 655 | * might be a single value containing no whitespaces or a single quoted |
| 656 | * string. If a single quote should appear anywhere in the value, it must be |
| 657 | * escaped with a backslash like \' |
| 658 | * |
| 659 | * Returns a PGconn* which is needed for all subsequent libpq calls, or NULL |
| 660 | * if a memory allocation failed. |
| 661 | * If the status field of the connection returned is CONNECTION_BAD, |
| 662 | * then some fields may be null'ed out instead of having valid values. |
| 663 | * |
| 664 | * You should call PQfinish (if conn is not NULL) regardless of whether this |
| 665 | * call succeeded. |
| 666 | */ |
| 667 | PGconn * |
| 668 | PQconnectdb(const char *conninfo) |
| 669 | { |
| 670 | PGconn *conn = PQconnectStart(conninfo); |
| 671 | |
| 672 | if (conn && conn->status != CONNECTION_BAD) |
| 673 | (void) connectDBComplete(conn); |
| 674 | |
| 675 | return conn; |
| 676 | } |
| 677 | |
| 678 | /* |
| 679 | * PQping |
| 680 | * |
| 681 | * check server status, accepting parameters identical to PQconnectdb |
| 682 | */ |
| 683 | PGPing |
| 684 | PQping(const char *conninfo) |
| 685 | { |
| 686 | PGconn *conn = PQconnectStart(conninfo); |
| 687 | PGPing ret; |
| 688 | |
| 689 | ret = internal_ping(conn); |
| 690 | PQfinish(conn); |
| 691 | |
| 692 | return ret; |
| 693 | } |
| 694 | |
| 695 | /* |
| 696 | * PQconnectStartParams |
| 697 | * |
| 698 | * Begins the establishment of a connection to a postgres backend through the |
| 699 | * postmaster using connection information in a struct. |
| 700 | * |
| 701 | * See comment for PQconnectdbParams for the definition of the string format. |
| 702 | * |
| 703 | * Returns a PGconn*. If NULL is returned, a malloc error has occurred, and |
| 704 | * you should not attempt to proceed with this connection. If the status |
| 705 | * field of the connection returned is CONNECTION_BAD, an error has |
| 706 | * occurred. In this case you should call PQfinish on the result, (perhaps |
| 707 | * inspecting the error message first). Other fields of the structure may not |
| 708 | * be valid if that occurs. If the status field is not CONNECTION_BAD, then |
| 709 | * this stage has succeeded - call PQconnectPoll, using select(2) to see when |
| 710 | * this is necessary. |
| 711 | * |
| 712 | * See PQconnectPoll for more info. |
| 713 | */ |
| 714 | PGconn * |
| 715 | PQconnectStartParams(const char *const *keywords, |
| 716 | const char *const *values, |
| 717 | int expand_dbname) |
| 718 | { |
| 719 | PGconn *conn; |
| 720 | PQconninfoOption *connOptions; |
| 721 | |
| 722 | /* |
| 723 | * Allocate memory for the conn structure |
| 724 | */ |
| 725 | conn = makeEmptyPGconn(); |
| 726 | if (conn == NULL) |
| 727 | return NULL; |
| 728 | |
| 729 | /* |
| 730 | * Parse the conninfo arrays |
| 731 | */ |
| 732 | connOptions = conninfo_array_parse(keywords, values, |
| 733 | &conn->errorMessage, |
| 734 | true, expand_dbname); |
| 735 | if (connOptions == NULL) |
| 736 | { |
| 737 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 738 | /* errorMessage is already set */ |
| 739 | return conn; |
| 740 | } |
| 741 | |
| 742 | /* |
| 743 | * Move option values into conn structure |
| 744 | */ |
| 745 | if (!fillPGconn(conn, connOptions)) |
| 746 | { |
| 747 | PQconninfoFree(connOptions); |
| 748 | return conn; |
| 749 | } |
| 750 | |
| 751 | /* |
| 752 | * Free the option info - all is in conn now |
| 753 | */ |
| 754 | PQconninfoFree(connOptions); |
| 755 | |
| 756 | /* |
| 757 | * Compute derived options |
| 758 | */ |
| 759 | if (!connectOptions2(conn)) |
| 760 | return conn; |
| 761 | |
| 762 | /* |
| 763 | * Connect to the database |
| 764 | */ |
| 765 | if (!connectDBStart(conn)) |
| 766 | { |
| 767 | /* Just in case we failed to set it in connectDBStart */ |
| 768 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 769 | } |
| 770 | |
| 771 | return conn; |
| 772 | } |
| 773 | |
| 774 | /* |
| 775 | * PQconnectStart |
| 776 | * |
| 777 | * Begins the establishment of a connection to a postgres backend through the |
| 778 | * postmaster using connection information in a string. |
| 779 | * |
| 780 | * See comment for PQconnectdb for the definition of the string format. |
| 781 | * |
| 782 | * Returns a PGconn*. If NULL is returned, a malloc error has occurred, and |
| 783 | * you should not attempt to proceed with this connection. If the status |
| 784 | * field of the connection returned is CONNECTION_BAD, an error has |
| 785 | * occurred. In this case you should call PQfinish on the result, (perhaps |
| 786 | * inspecting the error message first). Other fields of the structure may not |
| 787 | * be valid if that occurs. If the status field is not CONNECTION_BAD, then |
| 788 | * this stage has succeeded - call PQconnectPoll, using select(2) to see when |
| 789 | * this is necessary. |
| 790 | * |
| 791 | * See PQconnectPoll for more info. |
| 792 | */ |
| 793 | PGconn * |
| 794 | PQconnectStart(const char *conninfo) |
| 795 | { |
| 796 | PGconn *conn; |
| 797 | |
| 798 | /* |
| 799 | * Allocate memory for the conn structure |
| 800 | */ |
| 801 | conn = makeEmptyPGconn(); |
| 802 | if (conn == NULL) |
| 803 | return NULL; |
| 804 | |
| 805 | /* |
| 806 | * Parse the conninfo string |
| 807 | */ |
| 808 | if (!connectOptions1(conn, conninfo)) |
| 809 | return conn; |
| 810 | |
| 811 | /* |
| 812 | * Compute derived options |
| 813 | */ |
| 814 | if (!connectOptions2(conn)) |
| 815 | return conn; |
| 816 | |
| 817 | /* |
| 818 | * Connect to the database |
| 819 | */ |
| 820 | if (!connectDBStart(conn)) |
| 821 | { |
| 822 | /* Just in case we failed to set it in connectDBStart */ |
| 823 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 824 | } |
| 825 | |
| 826 | return conn; |
| 827 | } |
| 828 | |
| 829 | /* |
| 830 | * Move option values into conn structure |
| 831 | * |
| 832 | * Don't put anything cute here --- intelligence should be in |
| 833 | * connectOptions2 ... |
| 834 | * |
| 835 | * Returns true on success. On failure, returns false and sets error message. |
| 836 | */ |
| 837 | static bool |
| 838 | fillPGconn(PGconn *conn, PQconninfoOption *connOptions) |
| 839 | { |
| 840 | const internalPQconninfoOption *option; |
| 841 | |
| 842 | for (option = PQconninfoOptions; option->keyword; option++) |
| 843 | { |
| 844 | if (option->connofs >= 0) |
| 845 | { |
| 846 | const char *tmp = conninfo_getval(connOptions, option->keyword); |
| 847 | |
| 848 | if (tmp) |
| 849 | { |
| 850 | char **connmember = (char **) ((char *) conn + option->connofs); |
| 851 | |
| 852 | if (*connmember) |
| 853 | free(*connmember); |
| 854 | *connmember = strdup(tmp); |
| 855 | if (*connmember == NULL) |
| 856 | { |
| 857 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 858 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 859 | return false; |
| 860 | } |
| 861 | } |
| 862 | } |
| 863 | } |
| 864 | |
| 865 | return true; |
| 866 | } |
| 867 | |
| 868 | /* |
| 869 | * connectOptions1 |
| 870 | * |
| 871 | * Internal subroutine to set up connection parameters given an already- |
| 872 | * created PGconn and a conninfo string. Derived settings should be |
| 873 | * processed by calling connectOptions2 next. (We split them because |
| 874 | * PQsetdbLogin overrides defaults in between.) |
| 875 | * |
| 876 | * Returns true if OK, false if trouble (in which case errorMessage is set |
| 877 | * and so is conn->status). |
| 878 | */ |
| 879 | static bool |
| 880 | connectOptions1(PGconn *conn, const char *conninfo) |
| 881 | { |
| 882 | PQconninfoOption *connOptions; |
| 883 | |
| 884 | /* |
| 885 | * Parse the conninfo string |
| 886 | */ |
| 887 | connOptions = parse_connection_string(conninfo, &conn->errorMessage, true); |
| 888 | if (connOptions == NULL) |
| 889 | { |
| 890 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 891 | /* errorMessage is already set */ |
| 892 | return false; |
| 893 | } |
| 894 | |
| 895 | /* |
| 896 | * Move option values into conn structure |
| 897 | */ |
| 898 | if (!fillPGconn(conn, connOptions)) |
| 899 | { |
| 900 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 901 | PQconninfoFree(connOptions); |
| 902 | return false; |
| 903 | } |
| 904 | |
| 905 | /* |
| 906 | * Free the option info - all is in conn now |
| 907 | */ |
| 908 | PQconninfoFree(connOptions); |
| 909 | |
| 910 | return true; |
| 911 | } |
| 912 | |
| 913 | /* |
| 914 | * Count the number of elements in a simple comma-separated list. |
| 915 | */ |
| 916 | static int |
| 917 | count_comma_separated_elems(const char *input) |
| 918 | { |
| 919 | int n; |
| 920 | |
| 921 | n = 1; |
| 922 | for (; *input != '\0'; input++) |
| 923 | { |
| 924 | if (*input == ',') |
| 925 | n++; |
| 926 | } |
| 927 | |
| 928 | return n; |
| 929 | } |
| 930 | |
| 931 | /* |
| 932 | * Parse a simple comma-separated list. |
| 933 | * |
| 934 | * On each call, returns a malloc'd copy of the next element, and sets *more |
| 935 | * to indicate whether there are any more elements in the list after this, |
| 936 | * and updates *startptr to point to the next element, if any. |
| 937 | * |
| 938 | * On out of memory, returns NULL. |
| 939 | */ |
| 940 | static char * |
| 941 | parse_comma_separated_list(char **startptr, bool *more) |
| 942 | { |
| 943 | char *p; |
| 944 | char *s = *startptr; |
| 945 | char *e; |
| 946 | int len; |
| 947 | |
| 948 | /* |
| 949 | * Search for the end of the current element; a comma or end-of-string |
| 950 | * acts as a terminator. |
| 951 | */ |
| 952 | e = s; |
| 953 | while (*e != '\0' && *e != ',') |
| 954 | ++e; |
| 955 | *more = (*e == ','); |
| 956 | |
| 957 | len = e - s; |
| 958 | p = (char *) malloc(sizeof(char) * (len + 1)); |
| 959 | if (p) |
| 960 | { |
| 961 | memcpy(p, s, len); |
| 962 | p[len] = '\0'; |
| 963 | } |
| 964 | *startptr = e + 1; |
| 965 | |
| 966 | return p; |
| 967 | } |
| 968 | |
| 969 | /* |
| 970 | * connectOptions2 |
| 971 | * |
| 972 | * Compute derived connection options after absorbing all user-supplied info. |
| 973 | * |
| 974 | * Returns true if OK, false if trouble (in which case errorMessage is set |
| 975 | * and so is conn->status). |
| 976 | */ |
| 977 | static bool |
| 978 | connectOptions2(PGconn *conn) |
| 979 | { |
| 980 | int i; |
| 981 | |
| 982 | /* |
| 983 | * Allocate memory for details about each host to which we might possibly |
| 984 | * try to connect. For that, count the number of elements in the hostaddr |
| 985 | * or host options. If neither is given, assume one host. |
| 986 | */ |
| 987 | conn->whichhost = 0; |
| 988 | if (conn->pghostaddr && conn->pghostaddr[0] != '\0') |
| 989 | conn->nconnhost = count_comma_separated_elems(conn->pghostaddr); |
| 990 | else if (conn->pghost && conn->pghost[0] != '\0') |
| 991 | conn->nconnhost = count_comma_separated_elems(conn->pghost); |
| 992 | else |
| 993 | conn->nconnhost = 1; |
| 994 | conn->connhost = (pg_conn_host *) |
| 995 | calloc(conn->nconnhost, sizeof(pg_conn_host)); |
| 996 | if (conn->connhost == NULL) |
| 997 | goto oom_error; |
| 998 | |
| 999 | /* |
| 1000 | * We now have one pg_conn_host structure per possible host. Fill in the |
| 1001 | * host and hostaddr fields for each, by splitting the parameter strings. |
| 1002 | */ |
| 1003 | if (conn->pghostaddr != NULL && conn->pghostaddr[0] != '\0') |
| 1004 | { |
| 1005 | char *s = conn->pghostaddr; |
| 1006 | bool more = true; |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | for (i = 0; i < conn->nconnhost && more; i++) |
| 1009 | { |
| 1010 | conn->connhost[i].hostaddr = parse_comma_separated_list(&s, &more); |
| 1011 | if (conn->connhost[i].hostaddr == NULL) |
| 1012 | goto oom_error; |
| 1013 | } |
| 1014 | |
| 1015 | /* |
| 1016 | * If hostaddr was given, the array was allocated according to the |
| 1017 | * number of elements in the hostaddr list, so it really should be the |
| 1018 | * right size. |
| 1019 | */ |
| 1020 | Assert(!more); |
| 1021 | Assert(i == conn->nconnhost); |
| 1022 | } |
| 1023 | |
| 1024 | if (conn->pghost != NULL && conn->pghost[0] != '\0') |
| 1025 | { |
| 1026 | char *s = conn->pghost; |
| 1027 | bool more = true; |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | for (i = 0; i < conn->nconnhost && more; i++) |
| 1030 | { |
| 1031 | conn->connhost[i].host = parse_comma_separated_list(&s, &more); |
| 1032 | if (conn->connhost[i].host == NULL) |
| 1033 | goto oom_error; |
| 1034 | } |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 | /* Check for wrong number of host items. */ |
| 1037 | if (more || i != conn->nconnhost) |
| 1038 | { |
| 1039 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 1040 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1041 | libpq_gettext("could not match %d host names to %d hostaddr values\n" ), |
| 1042 | count_comma_separated_elems(conn->pghost), conn->nconnhost); |
| 1043 | return false; |
| 1044 | } |
| 1045 | } |
| 1046 | |
| 1047 | /* |
| 1048 | * Now, for each host slot, identify the type of address spec, and fill in |
| 1049 | * the default address if nothing was given. |
| 1050 | */ |
| 1051 | for (i = 0; i < conn->nconnhost; i++) |
| 1052 | { |
| 1053 | pg_conn_host *ch = &conn->connhost[i]; |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 | if (ch->hostaddr != NULL && ch->hostaddr[0] != '\0') |
| 1056 | ch->type = CHT_HOST_ADDRESS; |
| 1057 | else if (ch->host != NULL && ch->host[0] != '\0') |
| 1058 | { |
| 1059 | ch->type = CHT_HOST_NAME; |
| 1060 | #ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS |
| 1061 | if (is_absolute_path(ch->host)) |
| 1062 | ch->type = CHT_UNIX_SOCKET; |
| 1063 | #endif |
| 1064 | } |
| 1065 | else |
| 1066 | { |
| 1067 | if (ch->host) |
| 1068 | free(ch->host); |
| 1069 | #ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS |
| 1070 | ch->host = strdup(DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR); |
| 1071 | ch->type = CHT_UNIX_SOCKET; |
| 1072 | #else |
| 1073 | ch->host = strdup(DefaultHost); |
| 1074 | ch->type = CHT_HOST_NAME; |
| 1075 | #endif |
| 1076 | if (ch->host == NULL) |
| 1077 | goto oom_error; |
| 1078 | } |
| 1079 | } |
| 1080 | |
| 1081 | /* |
| 1082 | * Next, work out the port number corresponding to each host name. |
| 1083 | * |
| 1084 | * Note: unlike the above for host names, this could leave the port fields |
| 1085 | * as null or empty strings. We will substitute DEF_PGPORT whenever we |
| 1086 | * read such a port field. |
| 1087 | */ |
| 1088 | if (conn->pgport != NULL && conn->pgport[0] != '\0') |
| 1089 | { |
| 1090 | char *s = conn->pgport; |
| 1091 | bool more = true; |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 | for (i = 0; i < conn->nconnhost && more; i++) |
| 1094 | { |
| 1095 | conn->connhost[i].port = parse_comma_separated_list(&s, &more); |
| 1096 | if (conn->connhost[i].port == NULL) |
| 1097 | goto oom_error; |
| 1098 | } |
| 1099 | |
| 1100 | /* |
| 1101 | * If exactly one port was given, use it for every host. Otherwise, |
| 1102 | * there must be exactly as many ports as there were hosts. |
| 1103 | */ |
| 1104 | if (i == 1 && !more) |
| 1105 | { |
| 1106 | for (i = 1; i < conn->nconnhost; i++) |
| 1107 | { |
| 1108 | conn->connhost[i].port = strdup(conn->connhost[0].port); |
| 1109 | if (conn->connhost[i].port == NULL) |
| 1110 | goto oom_error; |
| 1111 | } |
| 1112 | } |
| 1113 | else if (more || i != conn->nconnhost) |
| 1114 | { |
| 1115 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 1116 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1117 | libpq_gettext("could not match %d port numbers to %d hosts\n" ), |
| 1118 | count_comma_separated_elems(conn->pgport), conn->nconnhost); |
| 1119 | return false; |
| 1120 | } |
| 1121 | } |
| 1122 | |
| 1123 | /* |
| 1124 | * If user name was not given, fetch it. (Most likely, the fetch will |
| 1125 | * fail, since the only way we get here is if pg_fe_getauthname() failed |
| 1126 | * during conninfo_add_defaults(). But now we want an error message.) |
| 1127 | */ |
| 1128 | if (conn->pguser == NULL || conn->pguser[0] == '\0') |
| 1129 | { |
| 1130 | if (conn->pguser) |
| 1131 | free(conn->pguser); |
| 1132 | conn->pguser = pg_fe_getauthname(&conn->errorMessage); |
| 1133 | if (!conn->pguser) |
| 1134 | { |
| 1135 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 1136 | return false; |
| 1137 | } |
| 1138 | } |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | /* |
| 1141 | * If database name was not given, default it to equal user name |
| 1142 | */ |
| 1143 | if (conn->dbName == NULL || conn->dbName[0] == '\0') |
| 1144 | { |
| 1145 | if (conn->dbName) |
| 1146 | free(conn->dbName); |
| 1147 | conn->dbName = strdup(conn->pguser); |
| 1148 | if (!conn->dbName) |
| 1149 | goto oom_error; |
| 1150 | } |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | /* |
| 1153 | * If password was not given, try to look it up in password file. Note |
| 1154 | * that the result might be different for each host/port pair. |
| 1155 | */ |
| 1156 | if (conn->pgpass == NULL || conn->pgpass[0] == '\0') |
| 1157 | { |
| 1158 | /* If password file wasn't specified, use ~/PGPASSFILE */ |
| 1159 | if (conn->pgpassfile == NULL || conn->pgpassfile[0] == '\0') |
| 1160 | { |
| 1161 | char homedir[MAXPGPATH]; |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | if (pqGetHomeDirectory(homedir, sizeof(homedir))) |
| 1164 | { |
| 1165 | if (conn->pgpassfile) |
| 1166 | free(conn->pgpassfile); |
| 1167 | conn->pgpassfile = malloc(MAXPGPATH); |
| 1168 | if (!conn->pgpassfile) |
| 1169 | goto oom_error; |
| 1170 | snprintf(conn->pgpassfile, MAXPGPATH, "%s/%s" , |
| 1171 | homedir, PGPASSFILE); |
| 1172 | } |
| 1173 | } |
| 1174 | |
| 1175 | if (conn->pgpassfile != NULL && conn->pgpassfile[0] != '\0') |
| 1176 | { |
| 1177 | for (i = 0; i < conn->nconnhost; i++) |
| 1178 | { |
| 1179 | /* |
| 1180 | * Try to get a password for this host from file. We use host |
| 1181 | * for the hostname search key if given, else hostaddr (at |
| 1182 | * least one of them is guaranteed nonempty by now). |
| 1183 | */ |
| 1184 | const char *pwhost = conn->connhost[i].host; |
| 1185 | |
| 1186 | if (pwhost == NULL || pwhost[0] == '\0') |
| 1187 | pwhost = conn->connhost[i].hostaddr; |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 | conn->connhost[i].password = |
| 1190 | passwordFromFile(pwhost, |
| 1191 | conn->connhost[i].port, |
| 1192 | conn->dbName, |
| 1193 | conn->pguser, |
| 1194 | conn->pgpassfile); |
| 1195 | } |
| 1196 | } |
| 1197 | } |
| 1198 | |
| 1199 | /* |
| 1200 | * validate sslmode option |
| 1201 | */ |
| 1202 | if (conn->sslmode) |
| 1203 | { |
| 1204 | if (strcmp(conn->sslmode, "disable" ) != 0 |
| 1205 | && strcmp(conn->sslmode, "allow" ) != 0 |
| 1206 | && strcmp(conn->sslmode, "prefer" ) != 0 |
| 1207 | && strcmp(conn->sslmode, "require" ) != 0 |
| 1208 | && strcmp(conn->sslmode, "verify-ca" ) != 0 |
| 1209 | && strcmp(conn->sslmode, "verify-full" ) != 0) |
| 1210 | { |
| 1211 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 1212 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1213 | libpq_gettext("invalid sslmode value: \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 1214 | conn->sslmode); |
| 1215 | return false; |
| 1216 | } |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 | #ifndef USE_SSL |
| 1219 | switch (conn->sslmode[0]) |
| 1220 | { |
| 1221 | case 'a': /* "allow" */ |
| 1222 | case 'p': /* "prefer" */ |
| 1223 | |
| 1224 | /* |
| 1225 | * warn user that an SSL connection will never be negotiated |
| 1226 | * since SSL was not compiled in? |
| 1227 | */ |
| 1228 | break; |
| 1229 | |
| 1230 | case 'r': /* "require" */ |
| 1231 | case 'v': /* "verify-ca" or "verify-full" */ |
| 1232 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 1233 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1234 | libpq_gettext("sslmode value \"%s\" invalid when SSL support is not compiled in\n" ), |
| 1235 | conn->sslmode); |
| 1236 | return false; |
| 1237 | } |
| 1238 | #endif |
| 1239 | } |
| 1240 | else |
| 1241 | { |
| 1242 | conn->sslmode = strdup(DefaultSSLMode); |
| 1243 | if (!conn->sslmode) |
| 1244 | goto oom_error; |
| 1245 | } |
| 1246 | |
| 1247 | /* |
| 1248 | * validate gssencmode option |
| 1249 | */ |
| 1250 | if (conn->gssencmode) |
| 1251 | { |
| 1252 | if (strcmp(conn->gssencmode, "disable" ) != 0 && |
| 1253 | strcmp(conn->gssencmode, "prefer" ) != 0 && |
| 1254 | strcmp(conn->gssencmode, "require" ) != 0) |
| 1255 | { |
| 1256 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 1257 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1258 | libpq_gettext("invalid gssencmode value: \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 1259 | conn->gssencmode); |
| 1260 | return false; |
| 1261 | } |
| 1262 | #ifndef ENABLE_GSS |
| 1263 | if (strcmp(conn->gssencmode, "require" ) == 0) |
| 1264 | { |
| 1265 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 1266 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1267 | libpq_gettext("gssencmode value \"%s\" invalid when GSSAPI support is not compiled in\n" ), |
| 1268 | conn->gssencmode); |
| 1269 | return false; |
| 1270 | } |
| 1271 | #endif |
| 1272 | } |
| 1273 | else |
| 1274 | { |
| 1275 | conn->gssencmode = strdup(DefaultGSSMode); |
| 1276 | if (!conn->gssencmode) |
| 1277 | goto oom_error; |
| 1278 | } |
| 1279 | |
| 1280 | /* |
| 1281 | * Resolve special "auto" client_encoding from the locale |
| 1282 | */ |
| 1283 | if (conn->client_encoding_initial && |
| 1284 | strcmp(conn->client_encoding_initial, "auto" ) == 0) |
| 1285 | { |
| 1286 | free(conn->client_encoding_initial); |
| 1287 | conn->client_encoding_initial = strdup(pg_encoding_to_char(pg_get_encoding_from_locale(NULL, true))); |
| 1288 | if (!conn->client_encoding_initial) |
| 1289 | goto oom_error; |
| 1290 | } |
| 1291 | |
| 1292 | /* |
| 1293 | * Validate target_session_attrs option. |
| 1294 | */ |
| 1295 | if (conn->target_session_attrs) |
| 1296 | { |
| 1297 | if (strcmp(conn->target_session_attrs, "any" ) != 0 |
| 1298 | && strcmp(conn->target_session_attrs, "read-write" ) != 0) |
| 1299 | { |
| 1300 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 1301 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1302 | libpq_gettext("invalid target_session_attrs value: \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 1303 | conn->target_session_attrs); |
| 1304 | return false; |
| 1305 | } |
| 1306 | } |
| 1307 | |
| 1308 | /* |
| 1309 | * Only if we get this far is it appropriate to try to connect. (We need a |
| 1310 | * state flag, rather than just the boolean result of this function, in |
| 1311 | * case someone tries to PQreset() the PGconn.) |
| 1312 | */ |
| 1313 | conn->options_valid = true; |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 | return true; |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 | oom_error: |
| 1318 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 1319 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1320 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 1321 | return false; |
| 1322 | } |
| 1323 | |
| 1324 | /* |
| 1325 | * PQconndefaults |
| 1326 | * |
| 1327 | * Construct a default connection options array, which identifies all the |
| 1328 | * available options and shows any default values that are available from the |
| 1329 | * environment etc. On error (eg out of memory), NULL is returned. |
| 1330 | * |
| 1331 | * Using this function, an application may determine all possible options |
| 1332 | * and their current default values. |
| 1333 | * |
| 1334 | * NOTE: as of PostgreSQL 7.0, the returned array is dynamically allocated |
| 1335 | * and should be freed when no longer needed via PQconninfoFree(). (In prior |
| 1336 | * versions, the returned array was static, but that's not thread-safe.) |
| 1337 | * Pre-7.0 applications that use this function will see a small memory leak |
| 1338 | * until they are updated to call PQconninfoFree. |
| 1339 | */ |
| 1340 | PQconninfoOption * |
| 1341 | PQconndefaults(void) |
| 1342 | { |
| 1343 | PQExpBufferData errorBuf; |
| 1344 | PQconninfoOption *connOptions; |
| 1345 | |
| 1346 | /* We don't actually report any errors here, but callees want a buffer */ |
| 1347 | initPQExpBuffer(&errorBuf); |
| 1348 | if (PQExpBufferDataBroken(errorBuf)) |
| 1349 | return NULL; /* out of memory already :-( */ |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 | connOptions = conninfo_init(&errorBuf); |
| 1352 | if (connOptions != NULL) |
| 1353 | { |
| 1354 | /* pass NULL errorBuf to ignore errors */ |
| 1355 | if (!conninfo_add_defaults(connOptions, NULL)) |
| 1356 | { |
| 1357 | PQconninfoFree(connOptions); |
| 1358 | connOptions = NULL; |
| 1359 | } |
| 1360 | } |
| 1361 | |
| 1362 | termPQExpBuffer(&errorBuf); |
| 1363 | return connOptions; |
| 1364 | } |
| 1365 | |
| 1366 | /* ---------------- |
| 1367 | * PQsetdbLogin |
| 1368 | * |
| 1369 | * establishes a connection to a postgres backend through the postmaster |
| 1370 | * at the specified host and port. |
| 1371 | * |
| 1372 | * returns a PGconn* which is needed for all subsequent libpq calls |
| 1373 | * |
| 1374 | * if the status field of the connection returned is CONNECTION_BAD, |
| 1375 | * then only the errorMessage is likely to be useful. |
| 1376 | * ---------------- |
| 1377 | */ |
| 1378 | PGconn * |
| 1379 | PQsetdbLogin(const char *pghost, const char *pgport, const char *pgoptions, |
| 1380 | const char *pgtty, const char *dbName, const char *login, |
| 1381 | const char *pwd) |
| 1382 | { |
| 1383 | PGconn *conn; |
| 1384 | |
| 1385 | /* |
| 1386 | * Allocate memory for the conn structure |
| 1387 | */ |
| 1388 | conn = makeEmptyPGconn(); |
| 1389 | if (conn == NULL) |
| 1390 | return NULL; |
| 1391 | |
| 1392 | /* |
| 1393 | * If the dbName parameter contains what looks like a connection string, |
| 1394 | * parse it into conn struct using connectOptions1. |
| 1395 | */ |
| 1396 | if (dbName && recognized_connection_string(dbName)) |
| 1397 | { |
| 1398 | if (!connectOptions1(conn, dbName)) |
| 1399 | return conn; |
| 1400 | } |
| 1401 | else |
| 1402 | { |
| 1403 | /* |
| 1404 | * Old-style path: first, parse an empty conninfo string in order to |
| 1405 | * set up the same defaults that PQconnectdb() would use. |
| 1406 | */ |
| 1407 | if (!connectOptions1(conn, "" )) |
| 1408 | return conn; |
| 1409 | |
| 1410 | /* Insert dbName parameter value into struct */ |
| 1411 | if (dbName && dbName[0] != '\0') |
| 1412 | { |
| 1413 | if (conn->dbName) |
| 1414 | free(conn->dbName); |
| 1415 | conn->dbName = strdup(dbName); |
| 1416 | if (!conn->dbName) |
| 1417 | goto oom_error; |
| 1418 | } |
| 1419 | } |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | /* |
| 1422 | * Insert remaining parameters into struct, overriding defaults (as well |
| 1423 | * as any conflicting data from dbName taken as a conninfo). |
| 1424 | */ |
| 1425 | if (pghost && pghost[0] != '\0') |
| 1426 | { |
| 1427 | if (conn->pghost) |
| 1428 | free(conn->pghost); |
| 1429 | conn->pghost = strdup(pghost); |
| 1430 | if (!conn->pghost) |
| 1431 | goto oom_error; |
| 1432 | } |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | if (pgport && pgport[0] != '\0') |
| 1435 | { |
| 1436 | if (conn->pgport) |
| 1437 | free(conn->pgport); |
| 1438 | conn->pgport = strdup(pgport); |
| 1439 | if (!conn->pgport) |
| 1440 | goto oom_error; |
| 1441 | } |
| 1442 | |
| 1443 | if (pgoptions && pgoptions[0] != '\0') |
| 1444 | { |
| 1445 | if (conn->pgoptions) |
| 1446 | free(conn->pgoptions); |
| 1447 | conn->pgoptions = strdup(pgoptions); |
| 1448 | if (!conn->pgoptions) |
| 1449 | goto oom_error; |
| 1450 | } |
| 1451 | |
| 1452 | if (pgtty && pgtty[0] != '\0') |
| 1453 | { |
| 1454 | if (conn->pgtty) |
| 1455 | free(conn->pgtty); |
| 1456 | conn->pgtty = strdup(pgtty); |
| 1457 | if (!conn->pgtty) |
| 1458 | goto oom_error; |
| 1459 | } |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 | if (login && login[0] != '\0') |
| 1462 | { |
| 1463 | if (conn->pguser) |
| 1464 | free(conn->pguser); |
| 1465 | conn->pguser = strdup(login); |
| 1466 | if (!conn->pguser) |
| 1467 | goto oom_error; |
| 1468 | } |
| 1469 | |
| 1470 | if (pwd && pwd[0] != '\0') |
| 1471 | { |
| 1472 | if (conn->pgpass) |
| 1473 | free(conn->pgpass); |
| 1474 | conn->pgpass = strdup(pwd); |
| 1475 | if (!conn->pgpass) |
| 1476 | goto oom_error; |
| 1477 | } |
| 1478 | |
| 1479 | /* |
| 1480 | * Compute derived options |
| 1481 | */ |
| 1482 | if (!connectOptions2(conn)) |
| 1483 | return conn; |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | /* |
| 1486 | * Connect to the database |
| 1487 | */ |
| 1488 | if (connectDBStart(conn)) |
| 1489 | (void) connectDBComplete(conn); |
| 1490 | |
| 1491 | return conn; |
| 1492 | |
| 1493 | oom_error: |
| 1494 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 1495 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1496 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 1497 | return conn; |
| 1498 | } |
| 1499 | |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | /* ---------- |
| 1502 | * connectNoDelay - |
| 1503 | * Sets the TCP_NODELAY socket option. |
| 1504 | * Returns 1 if successful, 0 if not. |
| 1505 | * ---------- |
| 1506 | */ |
| 1507 | static int |
| 1508 | connectNoDelay(PGconn *conn) |
| 1509 | { |
| 1510 | #ifdef TCP_NODELAY |
| 1511 | int on = 1; |
| 1512 | |
| 1513 | if (setsockopt(conn->sock, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_NODELAY, |
| 1514 | (char *) &on, |
| 1515 | sizeof(on)) < 0) |
| 1516 | { |
| 1517 | char sebuf[PG_STRERROR_R_BUFLEN]; |
| 1518 | |
| 1519 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1520 | libpq_gettext("could not set socket to TCP no delay mode: %s\n" ), |
| 1521 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 1522 | return 0; |
| 1523 | } |
| 1524 | #endif |
| 1525 | |
| 1526 | return 1; |
| 1527 | } |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | /* ---------- |
| 1530 | * Write currently connected IP address into host_addr (of len host_addr_len). |
| 1531 | * If unable to, set it to the empty string. |
| 1532 | * ---------- |
| 1533 | */ |
| 1534 | static void |
| 1535 | getHostaddr(PGconn *conn, char *host_addr, int host_addr_len) |
| 1536 | { |
| 1537 | struct sockaddr_storage *addr = &conn->raddr.addr; |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | if (addr->ss_family == AF_INET) |
| 1540 | { |
| 1541 | if (inet_net_ntop(AF_INET, |
| 1542 | &((struct sockaddr_in *) addr)->sin_addr.s_addr, |
| 1543 | 32, |
| 1544 | host_addr, host_addr_len) == NULL) |
| 1545 | host_addr[0] = '\0'; |
| 1546 | } |
| 1547 | #ifdef HAVE_IPV6 |
| 1548 | else if (addr->ss_family == AF_INET6) |
| 1549 | { |
| 1550 | if (inet_net_ntop(AF_INET6, |
| 1551 | &((struct sockaddr_in6 *) addr)->sin6_addr.s6_addr, |
| 1552 | 128, |
| 1553 | host_addr, host_addr_len) == NULL) |
| 1554 | host_addr[0] = '\0'; |
| 1555 | } |
| 1556 | #endif |
| 1557 | else |
| 1558 | host_addr[0] = '\0'; |
| 1559 | } |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | /* ---------- |
| 1562 | * connectFailureMessage - |
| 1563 | * create a friendly error message on connection failure. |
| 1564 | * ---------- |
| 1565 | */ |
| 1566 | static void |
| 1567 | connectFailureMessage(PGconn *conn, int errorno) |
| 1568 | { |
| 1569 | char sebuf[PG_STRERROR_R_BUFLEN]; |
| 1570 | |
| 1571 | #ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS |
| 1572 | if (IS_AF_UNIX(conn->raddr.addr.ss_family)) |
| 1573 | { |
| 1574 | char service[NI_MAXHOST]; |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | pg_getnameinfo_all(&conn->raddr.addr, conn->raddr.salen, |
| 1577 | NULL, 0, |
| 1578 | service, sizeof(service), |
| 1579 | NI_NUMERICSERV); |
| 1580 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1581 | libpq_gettext("could not connect to server: %s\n" |
| 1582 | "\tIs the server running locally and accepting\n" |
| 1583 | "\tconnections on Unix domain socket \"%s\"?\n" ), |
| 1584 | SOCK_STRERROR(errorno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)), |
| 1585 | service); |
| 1586 | } |
| 1587 | else |
| 1588 | #endif /* HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS */ |
| 1589 | { |
| 1590 | char host_addr[NI_MAXHOST]; |
| 1591 | const char *displayed_host; |
| 1592 | const char *displayed_port; |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 | /* |
| 1595 | * Optionally display the network address with the hostname. This is |
| 1596 | * useful to distinguish between IPv4 and IPv6 connections. |
| 1597 | */ |
| 1598 | getHostaddr(conn, host_addr, NI_MAXHOST); |
| 1599 | |
| 1600 | /* To which host and port were we actually connecting? */ |
| 1601 | if (conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].type == CHT_HOST_ADDRESS) |
| 1602 | displayed_host = conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].hostaddr; |
| 1603 | else |
| 1604 | displayed_host = conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].host; |
| 1605 | displayed_port = conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].port; |
| 1606 | if (displayed_port == NULL || displayed_port[0] == '\0') |
| 1607 | displayed_port = DEF_PGPORT_STR; |
| 1608 | |
| 1609 | /* |
| 1610 | * If the user did not supply an IP address using 'hostaddr', and |
| 1611 | * 'host' was missing or does not match our lookup, display the |
| 1612 | * looked-up IP address. |
| 1613 | */ |
| 1614 | if (conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].type != CHT_HOST_ADDRESS && |
| 1615 | strlen(host_addr) > 0 && |
| 1616 | strcmp(displayed_host, host_addr) != 0) |
| 1617 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1618 | libpq_gettext("could not connect to server: %s\n" |
| 1619 | "\tIs the server running on host \"%s\" (%s) and accepting\n" |
| 1620 | "\tTCP/IP connections on port %s?\n" ), |
| 1621 | SOCK_STRERROR(errorno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)), |
| 1622 | displayed_host, host_addr, |
| 1623 | displayed_port); |
| 1624 | else |
| 1625 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1626 | libpq_gettext("could not connect to server: %s\n" |
| 1627 | "\tIs the server running on host \"%s\" and accepting\n" |
| 1628 | "\tTCP/IP connections on port %s?\n" ), |
| 1629 | SOCK_STRERROR(errorno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)), |
| 1630 | displayed_host, |
| 1631 | displayed_port); |
| 1632 | } |
| 1633 | } |
| 1634 | |
| 1635 | /* |
| 1636 | * Should we use keepalives? Returns 1 if yes, 0 if no, and -1 if |
| 1637 | * conn->keepalives is set to a value which is not parseable as an |
| 1638 | * integer. |
| 1639 | */ |
| 1640 | static int |
| 1641 | useKeepalives(PGconn *conn) |
| 1642 | { |
| 1643 | char *ep; |
| 1644 | int val; |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 | if (conn->keepalives == NULL) |
| 1647 | return 1; |
| 1648 | val = strtol(conn->keepalives, &ep, 10); |
| 1649 | if (*ep) |
| 1650 | return -1; |
| 1651 | return val != 0 ? 1 : 0; |
| 1652 | } |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | /* |
| 1655 | * Parse and try to interpret "value" as an integer value, and if successful, |
| 1656 | * store it in *result, complaining if there is any trailing garbage or an |
| 1657 | * overflow. |
| 1658 | */ |
| 1659 | static bool |
| 1660 | parse_int_param(const char *value, int *result, PGconn *conn, |
| 1661 | const char *context) |
| 1662 | { |
| 1663 | char *end; |
| 1664 | long numval; |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | *result = 0; |
| 1667 | |
| 1668 | errno = 0; |
| 1669 | numval = strtol(value, &end, 10); |
| 1670 | if (errno == 0 && *end == '\0' && numval == (int) numval) |
| 1671 | { |
| 1672 | *result = numval; |
| 1673 | return true; |
| 1674 | } |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1677 | libpq_gettext("invalid integer value \"%s\" for connection option \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 1678 | value, context); |
| 1679 | return false; |
| 1680 | } |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 | #ifndef WIN32 |
| 1683 | /* |
| 1684 | * Set the keepalive idle timer. |
| 1685 | */ |
| 1686 | static int |
| 1687 | setKeepalivesIdle(PGconn *conn) |
| 1688 | { |
| 1689 | int idle; |
| 1690 | |
| 1691 | if (conn->keepalives_idle == NULL) |
| 1692 | return 1; |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | if (!parse_int_param(conn->keepalives_idle, &idle, conn, |
| 1695 | "keepalives_idle" )) |
| 1696 | return 0; |
| 1697 | if (idle < 0) |
| 1698 | idle = 0; |
| 1699 | |
| 1700 | #ifdef PG_TCP_KEEPALIVE_IDLE |
| 1701 | if (setsockopt(conn->sock, IPPROTO_TCP, PG_TCP_KEEPALIVE_IDLE, |
| 1702 | (char *) &idle, sizeof(idle)) < 0) |
| 1703 | { |
| 1704 | char sebuf[PG_STRERROR_R_BUFLEN]; |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1707 | libpq_gettext("setsockopt(%s) failed: %s\n" ), |
| 1708 | PG_TCP_KEEPALIVE_IDLE_STR, |
| 1709 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 1710 | return 0; |
| 1711 | } |
| 1712 | #endif |
| 1713 | |
| 1714 | return 1; |
| 1715 | } |
| 1716 | |
| 1717 | /* |
| 1718 | * Set the keepalive interval. |
| 1719 | */ |
| 1720 | static int |
| 1721 | setKeepalivesInterval(PGconn *conn) |
| 1722 | { |
| 1723 | int interval; |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 | if (conn->keepalives_interval == NULL) |
| 1726 | return 1; |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 | if (!parse_int_param(conn->keepalives_interval, &interval, conn, |
| 1729 | "keepalives_interval" )) |
| 1730 | return 0; |
| 1731 | if (interval < 0) |
| 1732 | interval = 0; |
| 1733 | |
| 1734 | #ifdef TCP_KEEPINTVL |
| 1735 | if (setsockopt(conn->sock, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_KEEPINTVL, |
| 1736 | (char *) &interval, sizeof(interval)) < 0) |
| 1737 | { |
| 1738 | char sebuf[PG_STRERROR_R_BUFLEN]; |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1741 | libpq_gettext("setsockopt(%s) failed: %s\n" ), |
| 1742 | "TCP_KEEPINTVL" , |
| 1743 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 1744 | return 0; |
| 1745 | } |
| 1746 | #endif |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 | return 1; |
| 1749 | } |
| 1750 | |
| 1751 | /* |
| 1752 | * Set the count of lost keepalive packets that will trigger a connection |
| 1753 | * break. |
| 1754 | */ |
| 1755 | static int |
| 1756 | setKeepalivesCount(PGconn *conn) |
| 1757 | { |
| 1758 | int count; |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 | if (conn->keepalives_count == NULL) |
| 1761 | return 1; |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | if (!parse_int_param(conn->keepalives_count, &count, conn, |
| 1764 | "keepalives_count" )) |
| 1765 | return 0; |
| 1766 | if (count < 0) |
| 1767 | count = 0; |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 | #ifdef TCP_KEEPCNT |
| 1770 | if (setsockopt(conn->sock, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_KEEPCNT, |
| 1771 | (char *) &count, sizeof(count)) < 0) |
| 1772 | { |
| 1773 | char sebuf[PG_STRERROR_R_BUFLEN]; |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1776 | libpq_gettext("setsockopt(%s) failed: %s\n" ), |
| 1777 | "TCP_KEEPCNT" , |
| 1778 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 1779 | return 0; |
| 1780 | } |
| 1781 | #endif |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 | return 1; |
| 1784 | } |
| 1785 | #else /* WIN32 */ |
| 1786 | #ifdef SIO_KEEPALIVE_VALS |
| 1787 | /* |
| 1788 | * Enable keepalives and set the keepalive values on Win32, |
| 1789 | * where they are always set in one batch. |
| 1790 | */ |
| 1791 | static int |
| 1792 | setKeepalivesWin32(PGconn *conn) |
| 1793 | { |
| 1794 | struct tcp_keepalive ka; |
| 1795 | DWORD retsize; |
| 1796 | int idle = 0; |
| 1797 | int interval = 0; |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 | if (conn->keepalives_idle && |
| 1800 | !parse_int_param(conn->keepalives_idle, &idle, conn, |
| 1801 | "keepalives_idle" )) |
| 1802 | return 0; |
| 1803 | if (idle <= 0) |
| 1804 | idle = 2 * 60 * 60; /* 2 hours = default */ |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 | if (conn->keepalives_interval && |
| 1807 | !parse_int_param(conn->keepalives_interval, &interval, conn, |
| 1808 | "keepalives_interval" )) |
| 1809 | return 0; |
| 1810 | if (interval <= 0) |
| 1811 | interval = 1; /* 1 second = default */ |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | ka.onoff = 1; |
| 1814 | ka.keepalivetime = idle * 1000; |
| 1815 | ka.keepaliveinterval = interval * 1000; |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | if (WSAIoctl(conn->sock, |
| 1818 | SIO_KEEPALIVE_VALS, |
| 1819 | (LPVOID) &ka, |
| 1820 | sizeof(ka), |
| 1821 | NULL, |
| 1822 | 0, |
| 1823 | &retsize, |
| 1824 | NULL, |
| 1825 | NULL) |
| 1826 | != 0) |
| 1827 | { |
| 1828 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1829 | libpq_gettext("WSAIoctl(SIO_KEEPALIVE_VALS) failed: %ui\n" ), |
| 1830 | WSAGetLastError()); |
| 1831 | return 0; |
| 1832 | } |
| 1833 | return 1; |
| 1834 | } |
| 1835 | #endif /* SIO_KEEPALIVE_VALS */ |
| 1836 | #endif /* WIN32 */ |
| 1837 | |
| 1838 | /* |
| 1839 | * Set the TCP user timeout. |
| 1840 | */ |
| 1841 | static int |
| 1842 | setTCPUserTimeout(PGconn *conn) |
| 1843 | { |
| 1844 | int timeout; |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 | if (conn->pgtcp_user_timeout == NULL) |
| 1847 | return 1; |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | if (!parse_int_param(conn->pgtcp_user_timeout, &timeout, conn, |
| 1850 | "tcp_user_timeout" )) |
| 1851 | return 0; |
| 1852 | |
| 1853 | if (timeout < 0) |
| 1854 | timeout = 0; |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 | #ifdef TCP_USER_TIMEOUT |
| 1857 | if (setsockopt(conn->sock, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_USER_TIMEOUT, |
| 1858 | (char *) &timeout, sizeof(timeout)) < 0) |
| 1859 | { |
| 1860 | char sebuf[256]; |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1863 | libpq_gettext("setsockopt(%s) failed: %s\n" ), |
| 1864 | "TCP_USER_TIMEOUT" , |
| 1865 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 1866 | return 0; |
| 1867 | } |
| 1868 | #endif |
| 1869 | |
| 1870 | return 1; |
| 1871 | } |
| 1872 | |
| 1873 | /* ---------- |
| 1874 | * connectDBStart - |
| 1875 | * Begin the process of making a connection to the backend. |
| 1876 | * |
| 1877 | * Returns 1 if successful, 0 if not. |
| 1878 | * ---------- |
| 1879 | */ |
| 1880 | static int |
| 1881 | connectDBStart(PGconn *conn) |
| 1882 | { |
| 1883 | if (!conn) |
| 1884 | return 0; |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | if (!conn->options_valid) |
| 1887 | goto connect_errReturn; |
| 1888 | |
| 1889 | /* |
| 1890 | * Check for bad linking to backend-internal versions of src/common |
| 1891 | * functions (see comments in link-canary.c for the reason we need this). |
| 1892 | * Nobody but developers should see this message, so we don't bother |
| 1893 | * translating it. |
| 1894 | */ |
| 1895 | if (!pg_link_canary_is_frontend()) |
| 1896 | { |
| 1897 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 1898 | "libpq is incorrectly linked to backend functions\n" ); |
| 1899 | goto connect_errReturn; |
| 1900 | } |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 | /* Ensure our buffers are empty */ |
| 1903 | conn->inStart = conn->inCursor = conn->inEnd = 0; |
| 1904 | conn->outCount = 0; |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 | /* |
| 1907 | * Ensure errorMessage is empty, too. PQconnectPoll will append messages |
| 1908 | * to it in the process of scanning for a working server. Thus, if we |
| 1909 | * fail to connect to multiple hosts, the final error message will include |
| 1910 | * details about each failure. |
| 1911 | */ |
| 1912 | resetPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage); |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 | #ifdef ENABLE_GSS |
| 1915 | if (conn->gssencmode[0] == 'd') /* "disable" */ |
| 1916 | conn->try_gss = false; |
| 1917 | #endif |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 | /* |
| 1920 | * Set up to try to connect to the first host. (Setting whichhost = -1 is |
| 1921 | * a bit of a cheat, but PQconnectPoll will advance it to 0 before |
| 1922 | * anything else looks at it.) |
| 1923 | */ |
| 1924 | conn->whichhost = -1; |
| 1925 | conn->try_next_addr = false; |
| 1926 | conn->try_next_host = true; |
| 1927 | conn->status = CONNECTION_NEEDED; |
| 1928 | |
| 1929 | /* |
| 1930 | * The code for processing CONNECTION_NEEDED state is in PQconnectPoll(), |
| 1931 | * so that it can easily be re-executed if needed again during the |
| 1932 | * asynchronous startup process. However, we must run it once here, |
| 1933 | * because callers expect a success return from this routine to mean that |
| 1934 | * we are in PGRES_POLLING_WRITING connection state. |
| 1935 | */ |
| 1936 | if (PQconnectPoll(conn) == PGRES_POLLING_WRITING) |
| 1937 | return 1; |
| 1938 | |
| 1939 | connect_errReturn: |
| 1940 | |
| 1941 | /* |
| 1942 | * If we managed to open a socket, close it immediately rather than |
| 1943 | * waiting till PQfinish. (The application cannot have gotten the socket |
| 1944 | * from PQsocket yet, so this doesn't risk breaking anything.) |
| 1945 | */ |
| 1946 | pqDropConnection(conn, true); |
| 1947 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 1948 | return 0; |
| 1949 | } |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | /* |
| 1953 | * connectDBComplete |
| 1954 | * |
| 1955 | * Block and complete a connection. |
| 1956 | * |
| 1957 | * Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure. |
| 1958 | */ |
| 1959 | static int |
| 1960 | connectDBComplete(PGconn *conn) |
| 1961 | { |
| 1962 | PostgresPollingStatusType flag = PGRES_POLLING_WRITING; |
| 1963 | time_t finish_time = ((time_t) -1); |
| 1964 | int timeout = 0; |
| 1965 | int last_whichhost = -2; /* certainly different from whichhost */ |
| 1966 | struct addrinfo *last_addr_cur = NULL; |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 | if (conn == NULL || conn->status == CONNECTION_BAD) |
| 1969 | return 0; |
| 1970 | |
| 1971 | /* |
| 1972 | * Set up a time limit, if connect_timeout isn't zero. |
| 1973 | */ |
| 1974 | if (conn->connect_timeout != NULL) |
| 1975 | { |
| 1976 | if (!parse_int_param(conn->connect_timeout, &timeout, conn, |
| 1977 | "connect_timeout" )) |
| 1978 | return 0; |
| 1979 | |
| 1980 | if (timeout > 0) |
| 1981 | { |
| 1982 | /* |
| 1983 | * Rounding could cause connection to fail unexpectedly quickly; |
| 1984 | * to prevent possibly waiting hardly-at-all, insist on at least |
| 1985 | * two seconds. |
| 1986 | */ |
| 1987 | if (timeout < 2) |
| 1988 | timeout = 2; |
| 1989 | } |
| 1990 | else /* negative means 0 */ |
| 1991 | timeout = 0; |
| 1992 | } |
| 1993 | |
| 1994 | for (;;) |
| 1995 | { |
| 1996 | int ret = 0; |
| 1997 | |
| 1998 | /* |
| 1999 | * (Re)start the connect_timeout timer if it's active and we are |
| 2000 | * considering a different host than we were last time through. If |
| 2001 | * we've already succeeded, though, needn't recalculate. |
| 2002 | */ |
| 2003 | if (flag != PGRES_POLLING_OK && |
| 2004 | timeout > 0 && |
| 2005 | (conn->whichhost != last_whichhost || |
| 2006 | conn->addr_cur != last_addr_cur)) |
| 2007 | { |
| 2008 | finish_time = time(NULL) + timeout; |
| 2009 | last_whichhost = conn->whichhost; |
| 2010 | last_addr_cur = conn->addr_cur; |
| 2011 | } |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 | /* |
| 2014 | * Wait, if necessary. Note that the initial state (just after |
| 2015 | * PQconnectStart) is to wait for the socket to select for writing. |
| 2016 | */ |
| 2017 | switch (flag) |
| 2018 | { |
| 2019 | case PGRES_POLLING_OK: |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | /* |
| 2022 | * Reset stored error messages since we now have a working |
| 2023 | * connection |
| 2024 | */ |
| 2025 | resetPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage); |
| 2026 | return 1; /* success! */ |
| 2027 | |
| 2028 | case PGRES_POLLING_READING: |
| 2029 | ret = pqWaitTimed(1, 0, conn, finish_time); |
| 2030 | if (ret == -1) |
| 2031 | { |
| 2032 | /* hard failure, eg select() problem, aborts everything */ |
| 2033 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 2034 | return 0; |
| 2035 | } |
| 2036 | break; |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | case PGRES_POLLING_WRITING: |
| 2039 | ret = pqWaitTimed(0, 1, conn, finish_time); |
| 2040 | if (ret == -1) |
| 2041 | { |
| 2042 | /* hard failure, eg select() problem, aborts everything */ |
| 2043 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 2044 | return 0; |
| 2045 | } |
| 2046 | break; |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 | default: |
| 2049 | /* Just in case we failed to set it in PQconnectPoll */ |
| 2050 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 2051 | return 0; |
| 2052 | } |
| 2053 | |
| 2054 | if (ret == 1) /* connect_timeout elapsed */ |
| 2055 | { |
| 2056 | /* |
| 2057 | * Give up on current server/address, try the next one. |
| 2058 | */ |
| 2059 | conn->try_next_addr = true; |
| 2060 | conn->status = CONNECTION_NEEDED; |
| 2061 | } |
| 2062 | |
| 2063 | /* |
| 2064 | * Now try to advance the state machine. |
| 2065 | */ |
| 2066 | flag = PQconnectPoll(conn); |
| 2067 | } |
| 2068 | } |
| 2069 | |
| 2070 | /* |
| 2071 | * This subroutine saves conn->errorMessage, which will be restored back by |
| 2072 | * restoreErrorMessage subroutine. Returns false on OOM failure. |
| 2073 | */ |
| 2074 | static bool |
| 2075 | saveErrorMessage(PGconn *conn, PQExpBuffer savedMessage) |
| 2076 | { |
| 2077 | initPQExpBuffer(savedMessage); |
| 2078 | appendPQExpBufferStr(savedMessage, |
| 2079 | conn->errorMessage.data); |
| 2080 | if (PQExpBufferBroken(savedMessage)) |
| 2081 | { |
| 2082 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2083 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 2084 | return false; |
| 2085 | } |
| 2086 | /* Clear whatever is in errorMessage now */ |
| 2087 | resetPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage); |
| 2088 | return true; |
| 2089 | } |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | /* |
| 2092 | * Restores saved error messages back to conn->errorMessage, prepending them |
| 2093 | * to whatever is in conn->errorMessage already. (This does the right thing |
| 2094 | * if anything's been added to conn->errorMessage since saveErrorMessage.) |
| 2095 | */ |
| 2096 | static void |
| 2097 | restoreErrorMessage(PGconn *conn, PQExpBuffer savedMessage) |
| 2098 | { |
| 2099 | appendPQExpBufferStr(savedMessage, conn->errorMessage.data); |
| 2100 | resetPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage); |
| 2101 | appendPQExpBufferStr(&conn->errorMessage, savedMessage->data); |
| 2102 | /* If any step above hit OOM, just report that */ |
| 2103 | if (PQExpBufferBroken(savedMessage) || |
| 2104 | PQExpBufferBroken(&conn->errorMessage)) |
| 2105 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2106 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 2107 | termPQExpBuffer(savedMessage); |
| 2108 | } |
| 2109 | |
| 2110 | /* ---------------- |
| 2111 | * PQconnectPoll |
| 2112 | * |
| 2113 | * Poll an asynchronous connection. |
| 2114 | * |
| 2115 | * Returns a PostgresPollingStatusType. |
| 2116 | * Before calling this function, use select(2) to determine when data |
| 2117 | * has arrived.. |
| 2118 | * |
| 2119 | * You must call PQfinish whether or not this fails. |
| 2120 | * |
| 2121 | * This function and PQconnectStart are intended to allow connections to be |
| 2122 | * made without blocking the execution of your program on remote I/O. However, |
| 2123 | * there are a number of caveats: |
| 2124 | * |
| 2125 | * o If you call PQtrace, ensure that the stream object into which you trace |
| 2126 | * will not block. |
| 2127 | * o If you do not supply an IP address for the remote host (i.e. you |
| 2128 | * supply a host name instead) then PQconnectStart will block on |
| 2129 | * gethostbyname. You will be fine if using Unix sockets (i.e. by |
| 2130 | * supplying neither a host name nor a host address). |
| 2131 | * o If your backend wants to use Kerberos authentication then you must |
| 2132 | * supply both a host name and a host address, otherwise this function |
| 2133 | * may block on gethostname. |
| 2134 | * |
| 2135 | * ---------------- |
| 2136 | */ |
| 2137 | PostgresPollingStatusType |
| 2138 | PQconnectPoll(PGconn *conn) |
| 2139 | { |
| 2140 | bool reset_connection_state_machine = false; |
| 2141 | bool need_new_connection = false; |
| 2142 | PGresult *res; |
| 2143 | char sebuf[PG_STRERROR_R_BUFLEN]; |
| 2144 | int optval; |
| 2145 | PQExpBufferData savedMessage; |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | if (conn == NULL) |
| 2148 | return PGRES_POLLING_FAILED; |
| 2149 | |
| 2150 | /* Get the new data */ |
| 2151 | switch (conn->status) |
| 2152 | { |
| 2153 | /* |
| 2154 | * We really shouldn't have been polled in these two cases, but we |
| 2155 | * can handle it. |
| 2156 | */ |
| 2157 | case CONNECTION_BAD: |
| 2158 | return PGRES_POLLING_FAILED; |
| 2159 | case CONNECTION_OK: |
| 2160 | return PGRES_POLLING_OK; |
| 2161 | |
| 2162 | /* These are reading states */ |
| 2163 | case CONNECTION_AWAITING_RESPONSE: |
| 2164 | case CONNECTION_AUTH_OK: |
| 2165 | { |
| 2166 | /* Load waiting data */ |
| 2167 | int n = pqReadData(conn); |
| 2168 | |
| 2169 | if (n < 0) |
| 2170 | goto error_return; |
| 2171 | if (n == 0) |
| 2172 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | break; |
| 2175 | } |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 | /* These are writing states, so we just proceed. */ |
| 2178 | case CONNECTION_STARTED: |
| 2179 | case CONNECTION_MADE: |
| 2180 | break; |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 | /* We allow pqSetenvPoll to decide whether to proceed. */ |
| 2183 | case CONNECTION_SETENV: |
| 2184 | break; |
| 2185 | |
| 2186 | /* Special cases: proceed without waiting. */ |
| 2187 | case CONNECTION_SSL_STARTUP: |
| 2188 | case CONNECTION_NEEDED: |
| 2189 | case CONNECTION_CHECK_WRITABLE: |
| 2190 | case CONNECTION_CONSUME: |
| 2191 | case CONNECTION_GSS_STARTUP: |
| 2192 | break; |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | default: |
| 2195 | appendPQExpBufferStr(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2196 | libpq_gettext( |
| 2197 | "invalid connection state, " |
| 2198 | "probably indicative of memory corruption\n" |
| 2199 | )); |
| 2200 | goto error_return; |
| 2201 | } |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | |
| 2204 | keep_going: /* We will come back to here until there is |
| 2205 | * nothing left to do. */ |
| 2206 | |
| 2207 | /* Time to advance to next address, or next host if no more addresses? */ |
| 2208 | if (conn->try_next_addr) |
| 2209 | { |
| 2210 | if (conn->addr_cur && conn->addr_cur->ai_next) |
| 2211 | { |
| 2212 | conn->addr_cur = conn->addr_cur->ai_next; |
| 2213 | reset_connection_state_machine = true; |
| 2214 | } |
| 2215 | else |
| 2216 | conn->try_next_host = true; |
| 2217 | conn->try_next_addr = false; |
| 2218 | } |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 | /* Time to advance to next connhost[] entry? */ |
| 2221 | if (conn->try_next_host) |
| 2222 | { |
| 2223 | pg_conn_host *ch; |
| 2224 | struct addrinfo hint; |
| 2225 | int thisport; |
| 2226 | int ret; |
| 2227 | char portstr[MAXPGPATH]; |
| 2228 | |
| 2229 | if (conn->whichhost + 1 >= conn->nconnhost) |
| 2230 | { |
| 2231 | /* |
| 2232 | * Oops, no more hosts. An appropriate error message is already |
| 2233 | * set up, so just set the right status. |
| 2234 | */ |
| 2235 | goto error_return; |
| 2236 | } |
| 2237 | conn->whichhost++; |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 | /* Drop any address info for previous host */ |
| 2240 | release_conn_addrinfo(conn); |
| 2241 | |
| 2242 | /* |
| 2243 | * Look up info for the new host. On failure, log the problem in |
| 2244 | * conn->errorMessage, then loop around to try the next host. (Note |
| 2245 | * we don't clear try_next_host until we've succeeded.) |
| 2246 | */ |
| 2247 | ch = &conn->connhost[conn->whichhost]; |
| 2248 | |
| 2249 | /* Initialize hint structure */ |
| 2250 | MemSet(&hint, 0, sizeof(hint)); |
| 2251 | hint.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM; |
| 2252 | conn->addrlist_family = hint.ai_family = AF_UNSPEC; |
| 2253 | |
| 2254 | /* Figure out the port number we're going to use. */ |
| 2255 | if (ch->port == NULL || ch->port[0] == '\0') |
| 2256 | thisport = DEF_PGPORT; |
| 2257 | else |
| 2258 | { |
| 2259 | if (!parse_int_param(ch->port, &thisport, conn, "port" )) |
| 2260 | goto error_return; |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | if (thisport < 1 || thisport > 65535) |
| 2263 | { |
| 2264 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2265 | libpq_gettext("invalid port number: \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 2266 | ch->port); |
| 2267 | goto keep_going; |
| 2268 | } |
| 2269 | } |
| 2270 | snprintf(portstr, sizeof(portstr), "%d" , thisport); |
| 2271 | |
| 2272 | /* Use pg_getaddrinfo_all() to resolve the address */ |
| 2273 | switch (ch->type) |
| 2274 | { |
| 2275 | case CHT_HOST_NAME: |
| 2276 | ret = pg_getaddrinfo_all(ch->host, portstr, &hint, |
| 2277 | &conn->addrlist); |
| 2278 | if (ret || !conn->addrlist) |
| 2279 | { |
| 2280 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2281 | libpq_gettext("could not translate host name \"%s\" to address: %s\n" ), |
| 2282 | ch->host, gai_strerror(ret)); |
| 2283 | goto keep_going; |
| 2284 | } |
| 2285 | break; |
| 2286 | |
| 2287 | case CHT_HOST_ADDRESS: |
| 2288 | hint.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST; |
| 2289 | ret = pg_getaddrinfo_all(ch->hostaddr, portstr, &hint, |
| 2290 | &conn->addrlist); |
| 2291 | if (ret || !conn->addrlist) |
| 2292 | { |
| 2293 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2294 | libpq_gettext("could not parse network address \"%s\": %s\n" ), |
| 2295 | ch->hostaddr, gai_strerror(ret)); |
| 2296 | goto keep_going; |
| 2297 | } |
| 2298 | break; |
| 2299 | |
| 2300 | case CHT_UNIX_SOCKET: |
| 2301 | #ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS |
| 2302 | conn->addrlist_family = hint.ai_family = AF_UNIX; |
| 2303 | UNIXSOCK_PATH(portstr, thisport, ch->host); |
| 2304 | if (strlen(portstr) >= UNIXSOCK_PATH_BUFLEN) |
| 2305 | { |
| 2306 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2307 | libpq_gettext("Unix-domain socket path \"%s\" is too long (maximum %d bytes)\n" ), |
| 2308 | portstr, |
| 2309 | (int) (UNIXSOCK_PATH_BUFLEN - 1)); |
| 2310 | goto keep_going; |
| 2311 | } |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 | /* |
| 2314 | * NULL hostname tells pg_getaddrinfo_all to parse the service |
| 2315 | * name as a Unix-domain socket path. |
| 2316 | */ |
| 2317 | ret = pg_getaddrinfo_all(NULL, portstr, &hint, |
| 2318 | &conn->addrlist); |
| 2319 | if (ret || !conn->addrlist) |
| 2320 | { |
| 2321 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2322 | libpq_gettext("could not translate Unix-domain socket path \"%s\" to address: %s\n" ), |
| 2323 | portstr, gai_strerror(ret)); |
| 2324 | goto keep_going; |
| 2325 | } |
| 2326 | #else |
| 2327 | Assert(false); |
| 2328 | #endif |
| 2329 | break; |
| 2330 | } |
| 2331 | |
| 2332 | /* OK, scan this addrlist for a working server address */ |
| 2333 | conn->addr_cur = conn->addrlist; |
| 2334 | reset_connection_state_machine = true; |
| 2335 | conn->try_next_host = false; |
| 2336 | } |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 | /* Reset connection state machine? */ |
| 2339 | if (reset_connection_state_machine) |
| 2340 | { |
| 2341 | /* |
| 2342 | * (Re) initialize our connection control variables for a set of |
| 2343 | * connection attempts to a single server address. These variables |
| 2344 | * must persist across individual connection attempts, but we must |
| 2345 | * reset them when we start to consider a new server. |
| 2346 | */ |
| 2347 | conn->pversion = PG_PROTOCOL(3, 0); |
| 2348 | conn->send_appname = true; |
| 2349 | #ifdef USE_SSL |
| 2350 | /* initialize these values based on SSL mode */ |
| 2351 | conn->allow_ssl_try = (conn->sslmode[0] != 'd'); /* "disable" */ |
| 2352 | conn->wait_ssl_try = (conn->sslmode[0] == 'a'); /* "allow" */ |
| 2353 | #endif |
| 2354 | |
| 2355 | reset_connection_state_machine = false; |
| 2356 | need_new_connection = true; |
| 2357 | } |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 | /* Force a new connection (perhaps to the same server as before)? */ |
| 2360 | if (need_new_connection) |
| 2361 | { |
| 2362 | /* Drop any existing connection */ |
| 2363 | pqDropConnection(conn, true); |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | /* Reset all state obtained from old server */ |
| 2366 | pqDropServerData(conn); |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | /* Drop any PGresult we might have, too */ |
| 2369 | conn->asyncStatus = PGASYNC_IDLE; |
| 2370 | conn->xactStatus = PQTRANS_IDLE; |
| 2371 | pqClearAsyncResult(conn); |
| 2372 | |
| 2373 | /* Reset conn->status to put the state machine in the right state */ |
| 2374 | conn->status = CONNECTION_NEEDED; |
| 2375 | |
| 2376 | need_new_connection = false; |
| 2377 | } |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | /* Now try to advance the state machine for this connection */ |
| 2380 | switch (conn->status) |
| 2381 | { |
| 2382 | case CONNECTION_NEEDED: |
| 2383 | { |
| 2384 | /* |
| 2385 | * Try to initiate a connection to one of the addresses |
| 2386 | * returned by pg_getaddrinfo_all(). conn->addr_cur is the |
| 2387 | * next one to try. |
| 2388 | * |
| 2389 | * The extra level of braces here is historical. It's not |
| 2390 | * worth reindenting this whole switch case to remove 'em. |
| 2391 | */ |
| 2392 | { |
| 2393 | struct addrinfo *addr_cur = conn->addr_cur; |
| 2394 | char host_addr[NI_MAXHOST]; |
| 2395 | |
| 2396 | /* |
| 2397 | * Advance to next possible host, if we've tried all of |
| 2398 | * the addresses for the current host. |
| 2399 | */ |
| 2400 | if (addr_cur == NULL) |
| 2401 | { |
| 2402 | conn->try_next_host = true; |
| 2403 | goto keep_going; |
| 2404 | } |
| 2405 | |
| 2406 | /* Remember current address for possible error msg */ |
| 2407 | memcpy(&conn->raddr.addr, addr_cur->ai_addr, |
| 2408 | addr_cur->ai_addrlen); |
| 2409 | conn->raddr.salen = addr_cur->ai_addrlen; |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | /* set connip */ |
| 2412 | if (conn->connip != NULL) |
| 2413 | { |
| 2414 | free(conn->connip); |
| 2415 | conn->connip = NULL; |
| 2416 | } |
| 2417 | |
| 2418 | getHostaddr(conn, host_addr, NI_MAXHOST); |
| 2419 | if (strlen(host_addr) > 0) |
| 2420 | conn->connip = strdup(host_addr); |
| 2421 | |
| 2422 | /* |
| 2423 | * purposely ignore strdup failure; not a big problem if |
| 2424 | * it fails anyway. |
| 2425 | */ |
| 2426 | |
| 2427 | conn->sock = socket(addr_cur->ai_family, SOCK_STREAM, 0); |
| 2428 | if (conn->sock == PGINVALID_SOCKET) |
| 2429 | { |
| 2430 | /* |
| 2431 | * Silently ignore socket() failure if we have more |
| 2432 | * addresses to try; this reduces useless chatter in |
| 2433 | * cases where the address list includes both IPv4 and |
| 2434 | * IPv6 but kernel only accepts one family. |
| 2435 | */ |
| 2436 | if (addr_cur->ai_next != NULL || |
| 2437 | conn->whichhost + 1 < conn->nconnhost) |
| 2438 | { |
| 2439 | conn->try_next_addr = true; |
| 2440 | goto keep_going; |
| 2441 | } |
| 2442 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2443 | libpq_gettext("could not create socket: %s\n" ), |
| 2444 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 2445 | goto error_return; |
| 2446 | } |
| 2447 | |
| 2448 | /* |
| 2449 | * Select socket options: no delay of outgoing data for |
| 2450 | * TCP sockets, nonblock mode, close-on-exec. Try the |
| 2451 | * next address if any of this fails. |
| 2452 | */ |
| 2453 | if (!IS_AF_UNIX(addr_cur->ai_family)) |
| 2454 | { |
| 2455 | if (!connectNoDelay(conn)) |
| 2456 | { |
| 2457 | /* error message already created */ |
| 2458 | conn->try_next_addr = true; |
| 2459 | goto keep_going; |
| 2460 | } |
| 2461 | } |
| 2462 | if (!pg_set_noblock(conn->sock)) |
| 2463 | { |
| 2464 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2465 | libpq_gettext("could not set socket to nonblocking mode: %s\n" ), |
| 2466 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 2467 | conn->try_next_addr = true; |
| 2468 | goto keep_going; |
| 2469 | } |
| 2470 | |
| 2471 | #ifdef F_SETFD |
| 2472 | if (fcntl(conn->sock, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC) == -1) |
| 2473 | { |
| 2474 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2475 | libpq_gettext("could not set socket to close-on-exec mode: %s\n" ), |
| 2476 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 2477 | conn->try_next_addr = true; |
| 2478 | goto keep_going; |
| 2479 | } |
| 2480 | #endif /* F_SETFD */ |
| 2481 | |
| 2482 | if (!IS_AF_UNIX(addr_cur->ai_family)) |
| 2483 | { |
| 2484 | #ifndef WIN32 |
| 2485 | int on = 1; |
| 2486 | #endif |
| 2487 | int usekeepalives = useKeepalives(conn); |
| 2488 | int err = 0; |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 | if (usekeepalives < 0) |
| 2491 | { |
| 2492 | appendPQExpBufferStr(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2493 | libpq_gettext("keepalives parameter must be an integer\n" )); |
| 2494 | err = 1; |
| 2495 | } |
| 2496 | else if (usekeepalives == 0) |
| 2497 | { |
| 2498 | /* Do nothing */ |
| 2499 | } |
| 2500 | #ifndef WIN32 |
| 2501 | else if (setsockopt(conn->sock, |
| 2502 | SOL_SOCKET, SO_KEEPALIVE, |
| 2503 | (char *) &on, sizeof(on)) < 0) |
| 2504 | { |
| 2505 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2506 | libpq_gettext("setsockopt(%s) failed: %s\n" ), |
| 2507 | "SO_KEEPALIVE" , |
| 2508 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 2509 | err = 1; |
| 2510 | } |
| 2511 | else if (!setKeepalivesIdle(conn) |
| 2512 | || !setKeepalivesInterval(conn) |
| 2513 | || !setKeepalivesCount(conn)) |
| 2514 | err = 1; |
| 2515 | #else /* WIN32 */ |
| 2516 | #ifdef SIO_KEEPALIVE_VALS |
| 2517 | else if (!setKeepalivesWin32(conn)) |
| 2518 | err = 1; |
| 2519 | #endif /* SIO_KEEPALIVE_VALS */ |
| 2520 | #endif /* WIN32 */ |
| 2521 | else if (!setTCPUserTimeout(conn)) |
| 2522 | err = 1; |
| 2523 | |
| 2524 | if (err) |
| 2525 | { |
| 2526 | conn->try_next_addr = true; |
| 2527 | goto keep_going; |
| 2528 | } |
| 2529 | } |
| 2530 | |
| 2531 | /*---------- |
| 2532 | * We have three methods of blocking SIGPIPE during |
| 2533 | * send() calls to this socket: |
| 2534 | * |
| 2535 | * - setsockopt(sock, SO_NOSIGPIPE) |
| 2536 | * - send(sock, ..., MSG_NOSIGNAL) |
| 2537 | * - setting the signal mask to SIG_IGN during send() |
| 2538 | * |
| 2539 | * The third method requires three syscalls per send, |
| 2540 | * so we prefer either of the first two, but they are |
| 2541 | * less portable. The state is tracked in the following |
| 2542 | * members of PGconn: |
| 2543 | * |
| 2544 | * conn->sigpipe_so - we have set up SO_NOSIGPIPE |
| 2545 | * conn->sigpipe_flag - we're specifying MSG_NOSIGNAL |
| 2546 | * |
| 2547 | * If we can use SO_NOSIGPIPE, then set sigpipe_so here |
| 2548 | * and we're done. Otherwise, set sigpipe_flag so that |
| 2549 | * we will try MSG_NOSIGNAL on sends. If we get an error |
| 2550 | * with MSG_NOSIGNAL, we'll clear that flag and revert to |
| 2551 | * signal masking. |
| 2552 | *---------- |
| 2553 | */ |
| 2554 | conn->sigpipe_so = false; |
| 2555 | #ifdef MSG_NOSIGNAL |
| 2556 | conn->sigpipe_flag = true; |
| 2557 | #else |
| 2558 | conn->sigpipe_flag = false; |
| 2559 | #endif /* MSG_NOSIGNAL */ |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 | #ifdef SO_NOSIGPIPE |
| 2562 | optval = 1; |
| 2563 | if (setsockopt(conn->sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_NOSIGPIPE, |
| 2564 | (char *) &optval, sizeof(optval)) == 0) |
| 2565 | { |
| 2566 | conn->sigpipe_so = true; |
| 2567 | conn->sigpipe_flag = false; |
| 2568 | } |
| 2569 | #endif /* SO_NOSIGPIPE */ |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 | /* |
| 2572 | * Start/make connection. This should not block, since we |
| 2573 | * are in nonblock mode. If it does, well, too bad. |
| 2574 | */ |
| 2575 | if (connect(conn->sock, addr_cur->ai_addr, |
| 2576 | addr_cur->ai_addrlen) < 0) |
| 2577 | { |
| 2578 | if (SOCK_ERRNO == EINPROGRESS || |
| 2579 | #ifdef WIN32 |
| 2580 | SOCK_ERRNO == EWOULDBLOCK || |
| 2581 | #endif |
| 2582 | SOCK_ERRNO == EINTR) |
| 2583 | { |
| 2584 | /* |
| 2585 | * This is fine - we're in non-blocking mode, and |
| 2586 | * the connection is in progress. Tell caller to |
| 2587 | * wait for write-ready on socket. |
| 2588 | */ |
| 2589 | conn->status = CONNECTION_STARTED; |
| 2590 | return PGRES_POLLING_WRITING; |
| 2591 | } |
| 2592 | /* otherwise, trouble */ |
| 2593 | } |
| 2594 | else |
| 2595 | { |
| 2596 | /* |
| 2597 | * Hm, we're connected already --- seems the "nonblock |
| 2598 | * connection" wasn't. Advance the state machine and |
| 2599 | * go do the next stuff. |
| 2600 | */ |
| 2601 | conn->status = CONNECTION_STARTED; |
| 2602 | goto keep_going; |
| 2603 | } |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 | /* |
| 2606 | * This connection failed. Add the error report to |
| 2607 | * conn->errorMessage, then try the next address if any. |
| 2608 | */ |
| 2609 | connectFailureMessage(conn, SOCK_ERRNO); |
| 2610 | conn->try_next_addr = true; |
| 2611 | goto keep_going; |
| 2612 | } |
| 2613 | } |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | case CONNECTION_STARTED: |
| 2616 | { |
| 2617 | ACCEPT_TYPE_ARG3 optlen = sizeof(optval); |
| 2618 | |
| 2619 | /* |
| 2620 | * Write ready, since we've made it here, so the connection |
| 2621 | * has been made ... or has failed. |
| 2622 | */ |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | /* |
| 2625 | * Now check (using getsockopt) that there is not an error |
| 2626 | * state waiting for us on the socket. |
| 2627 | */ |
| 2628 | |
| 2629 | if (getsockopt(conn->sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, |
| 2630 | (char *) &optval, &optlen) == -1) |
| 2631 | { |
| 2632 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2633 | libpq_gettext("could not get socket error status: %s\n" ), |
| 2634 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 2635 | goto error_return; |
| 2636 | } |
| 2637 | else if (optval != 0) |
| 2638 | { |
| 2639 | /* |
| 2640 | * When using a nonblocking connect, we will typically see |
| 2641 | * connect failures at this point, so provide a friendly |
| 2642 | * error message. |
| 2643 | */ |
| 2644 | connectFailureMessage(conn, optval); |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | /* |
| 2647 | * Try the next address if any, just as in the case where |
| 2648 | * connect() returned failure immediately. |
| 2649 | */ |
| 2650 | conn->try_next_addr = true; |
| 2651 | goto keep_going; |
| 2652 | } |
| 2653 | |
| 2654 | /* Fill in the client address */ |
| 2655 | conn->laddr.salen = sizeof(conn->laddr.addr); |
| 2656 | if (getsockname(conn->sock, |
| 2657 | (struct sockaddr *) &conn->laddr.addr, |
| 2658 | &conn->laddr.salen) < 0) |
| 2659 | { |
| 2660 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2661 | libpq_gettext("could not get client address from socket: %s\n" ), |
| 2662 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 2663 | goto error_return; |
| 2664 | } |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 | /* |
| 2667 | * Make sure we can write before advancing to next step. |
| 2668 | */ |
| 2669 | conn->status = CONNECTION_MADE; |
| 2670 | return PGRES_POLLING_WRITING; |
| 2671 | } |
| 2672 | |
| 2673 | case CONNECTION_MADE: |
| 2674 | { |
| 2675 | char *startpacket; |
| 2676 | int packetlen; |
| 2677 | |
| 2678 | #ifdef HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 | /* |
| 2681 | * Implement requirepeer check, if requested and it's a |
| 2682 | * Unix-domain socket. |
| 2683 | */ |
| 2684 | if (conn->requirepeer && conn->requirepeer[0] && |
| 2685 | IS_AF_UNIX(conn->raddr.addr.ss_family)) |
| 2686 | { |
| 2687 | char pwdbuf[BUFSIZ]; |
| 2688 | struct passwd pass_buf; |
| 2689 | struct passwd *pass; |
| 2690 | int passerr; |
| 2691 | uid_t uid; |
| 2692 | gid_t gid; |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 | errno = 0; |
| 2695 | if (getpeereid(conn->sock, &uid, &gid) != 0) |
| 2696 | { |
| 2697 | /* |
| 2698 | * Provide special error message if getpeereid is a |
| 2699 | * stub |
| 2700 | */ |
| 2701 | if (errno == ENOSYS) |
| 2702 | appendPQExpBufferStr(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2703 | libpq_gettext("requirepeer parameter is not supported on this platform\n" )); |
| 2704 | else |
| 2705 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2706 | libpq_gettext("could not get peer credentials: %s\n" ), |
| 2707 | strerror_r(errno, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 2708 | goto error_return; |
| 2709 | } |
| 2710 | |
| 2711 | passerr = pqGetpwuid(uid, &pass_buf, pwdbuf, sizeof(pwdbuf), &pass); |
| 2712 | if (pass == NULL) |
| 2713 | { |
| 2714 | if (passerr != 0) |
| 2715 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2716 | libpq_gettext("could not look up local user ID %d: %s\n" ), |
| 2717 | (int) uid, |
| 2718 | strerror_r(passerr, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 2719 | else |
| 2720 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2721 | libpq_gettext("local user with ID %d does not exist\n" ), |
| 2722 | (int) uid); |
| 2723 | goto error_return; |
| 2724 | } |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | if (strcmp(pass->pw_name, conn->requirepeer) != 0) |
| 2727 | { |
| 2728 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2729 | libpq_gettext("requirepeer specifies \"%s\", but actual peer user name is \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 2730 | conn->requirepeer, pass->pw_name); |
| 2731 | goto error_return; |
| 2732 | } |
| 2733 | } |
| 2734 | #endif /* HAVE_UNIX_SOCKETS */ |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 | if (IS_AF_UNIX(conn->raddr.addr.ss_family)) |
| 2737 | { |
| 2738 | /* Don't request SSL or GSSAPI over Unix sockets */ |
| 2739 | #ifdef USE_SSL |
| 2740 | conn->allow_ssl_try = false; |
| 2741 | #endif |
| 2742 | #ifdef ENABLE_GSS |
| 2743 | conn->try_gss = false; |
| 2744 | #endif |
| 2745 | } |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | #ifdef ENABLE_GSS |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | /* |
| 2750 | * If GSSAPI is enabled and we have a credential cache, try to |
| 2751 | * set it up before sending startup messages. If it's already |
| 2752 | * operating, don't try SSL and instead just build the startup |
| 2753 | * packet. |
| 2754 | */ |
| 2755 | if (conn->try_gss && !conn->gctx) |
| 2756 | conn->try_gss = pg_GSS_have_cred_cache(&conn->gcred); |
| 2757 | if (conn->try_gss && !conn->gctx) |
| 2758 | { |
| 2759 | ProtocolVersion pv = pg_hton32(NEGOTIATE_GSS_CODE); |
| 2760 | |
| 2761 | if (pqPacketSend(conn, 0, &pv, sizeof(pv)) != STATUS_OK) |
| 2762 | { |
| 2763 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2764 | libpq_gettext("could not send GSSAPI negotiation packet: %s\n" ), |
| 2765 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 2766 | goto error_return; |
| 2767 | } |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | /* Ok, wait for response */ |
| 2770 | conn->status = CONNECTION_GSS_STARTUP; |
| 2771 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 2772 | } |
| 2773 | else if (!conn->gctx && conn->gssencmode[0] == 'r') |
| 2774 | { |
| 2775 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2776 | libpq_gettext("GSSAPI encryption required but was impossible (possibly no credential cache, no server support, or using a local socket)\n" )); |
| 2777 | goto error_return; |
| 2778 | } |
| 2779 | #endif |
| 2780 | |
| 2781 | #ifdef USE_SSL |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 | /* |
| 2784 | * If SSL is enabled and we haven't already got it running, |
| 2785 | * request it instead of sending the startup message. |
| 2786 | */ |
| 2787 | if (conn->allow_ssl_try && !conn->wait_ssl_try && |
| 2788 | !conn->ssl_in_use) |
| 2789 | { |
| 2790 | ProtocolVersion pv; |
| 2791 | |
| 2792 | /* |
| 2793 | * Send the SSL request packet. |
| 2794 | * |
| 2795 | * Theoretically, this could block, but it really |
| 2796 | * shouldn't since we only got here if the socket is |
| 2797 | * write-ready. |
| 2798 | */ |
| 2799 | pv = pg_hton32(NEGOTIATE_SSL_CODE); |
| 2800 | if (pqPacketSend(conn, 0, &pv, sizeof(pv)) != STATUS_OK) |
| 2801 | { |
| 2802 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2803 | libpq_gettext("could not send SSL negotiation packet: %s\n" ), |
| 2804 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 2805 | goto error_return; |
| 2806 | } |
| 2807 | /* Ok, wait for response */ |
| 2808 | conn->status = CONNECTION_SSL_STARTUP; |
| 2809 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 2810 | } |
| 2811 | #endif /* USE_SSL */ |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 | /* |
| 2814 | * Build the startup packet. |
| 2815 | */ |
| 2816 | if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(conn->pversion) >= 3) |
| 2817 | startpacket = pqBuildStartupPacket3(conn, &packetlen, |
| 2818 | EnvironmentOptions); |
| 2819 | else |
| 2820 | startpacket = pqBuildStartupPacket2(conn, &packetlen, |
| 2821 | EnvironmentOptions); |
| 2822 | if (!startpacket) |
| 2823 | { |
| 2824 | /* |
| 2825 | * will not appendbuffer here, since it's likely to also |
| 2826 | * run out of memory |
| 2827 | */ |
| 2828 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2829 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 2830 | goto error_return; |
| 2831 | } |
| 2832 | |
| 2833 | /* |
| 2834 | * Send the startup packet. |
| 2835 | * |
| 2836 | * Theoretically, this could block, but it really shouldn't |
| 2837 | * since we only got here if the socket is write-ready. |
| 2838 | */ |
| 2839 | if (pqPacketSend(conn, 0, startpacket, packetlen) != STATUS_OK) |
| 2840 | { |
| 2841 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2842 | libpq_gettext("could not send startup packet: %s\n" ), |
| 2843 | SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf))); |
| 2844 | free(startpacket); |
| 2845 | goto error_return; |
| 2846 | } |
| 2847 | |
| 2848 | free(startpacket); |
| 2849 | |
| 2850 | conn->status = CONNECTION_AWAITING_RESPONSE; |
| 2851 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 2852 | } |
| 2853 | |
| 2854 | /* |
| 2855 | * Handle SSL negotiation: wait for postmaster messages and |
| 2856 | * respond as necessary. |
| 2857 | */ |
| 2858 | case CONNECTION_SSL_STARTUP: |
| 2859 | { |
| 2860 | #ifdef USE_SSL |
| 2861 | PostgresPollingStatusType pollres; |
| 2862 | |
| 2863 | /* |
| 2864 | * On first time through, get the postmaster's response to our |
| 2865 | * SSL negotiation packet. |
| 2866 | */ |
| 2867 | if (!conn->ssl_in_use) |
| 2868 | { |
| 2869 | /* |
| 2870 | * We use pqReadData here since it has the logic to |
| 2871 | * distinguish no-data-yet from connection closure. Since |
| 2872 | * conn->ssl isn't set, a plain recv() will occur. |
| 2873 | */ |
| 2874 | char SSLok; |
| 2875 | int rdresult; |
| 2876 | |
| 2877 | rdresult = pqReadData(conn); |
| 2878 | if (rdresult < 0) |
| 2879 | { |
| 2880 | /* errorMessage is already filled in */ |
| 2881 | goto error_return; |
| 2882 | } |
| 2883 | if (rdresult == 0) |
| 2884 | { |
| 2885 | /* caller failed to wait for data */ |
| 2886 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 2887 | } |
| 2888 | if (pqGetc(&SSLok, conn) < 0) |
| 2889 | { |
| 2890 | /* should not happen really */ |
| 2891 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 2892 | } |
| 2893 | if (SSLok == 'S') |
| 2894 | { |
| 2895 | /* mark byte consumed */ |
| 2896 | conn->inStart = conn->inCursor; |
| 2897 | /* Set up global SSL state if required */ |
| 2898 | if (pqsecure_initialize(conn) != 0) |
| 2899 | goto error_return; |
| 2900 | } |
| 2901 | else if (SSLok == 'N') |
| 2902 | { |
| 2903 | /* mark byte consumed */ |
| 2904 | conn->inStart = conn->inCursor; |
| 2905 | /* OK to do without SSL? */ |
| 2906 | if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'r' || /* "require" */ |
| 2907 | conn->sslmode[0] == 'v') /* "verify-ca" or |
| 2908 | * "verify-full" */ |
| 2909 | { |
| 2910 | /* Require SSL, but server does not want it */ |
| 2911 | appendPQExpBufferStr(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2912 | libpq_gettext("server does not support SSL, but SSL was required\n" )); |
| 2913 | goto error_return; |
| 2914 | } |
| 2915 | /* Otherwise, proceed with normal startup */ |
| 2916 | conn->allow_ssl_try = false; |
| 2917 | conn->status = CONNECTION_MADE; |
| 2918 | return PGRES_POLLING_WRITING; |
| 2919 | } |
| 2920 | else if (SSLok == 'E') |
| 2921 | { |
| 2922 | /* |
| 2923 | * Server failure of some sort, such as failure to |
| 2924 | * fork a backend process. We need to process and |
| 2925 | * report the error message, which might be formatted |
| 2926 | * according to either protocol 2 or protocol 3. |
| 2927 | * Rather than duplicate the code for that, we flip |
| 2928 | * into AWAITING_RESPONSE state and let the code there |
| 2929 | * deal with it. Note we have *not* consumed the "E" |
| 2930 | * byte here. |
| 2931 | */ |
| 2932 | conn->status = CONNECTION_AWAITING_RESPONSE; |
| 2933 | goto keep_going; |
| 2934 | } |
| 2935 | else |
| 2936 | { |
| 2937 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 2938 | libpq_gettext("received invalid response to SSL negotiation: %c\n" ), |
| 2939 | SSLok); |
| 2940 | goto error_return; |
| 2941 | } |
| 2942 | } |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 | /* |
| 2945 | * Begin or continue the SSL negotiation process. |
| 2946 | */ |
| 2947 | pollres = pqsecure_open_client(conn); |
| 2948 | if (pollres == PGRES_POLLING_OK) |
| 2949 | { |
| 2950 | /* SSL handshake done, ready to send startup packet */ |
| 2951 | conn->status = CONNECTION_MADE; |
| 2952 | return PGRES_POLLING_WRITING; |
| 2953 | } |
| 2954 | if (pollres == PGRES_POLLING_FAILED) |
| 2955 | { |
| 2956 | /* |
| 2957 | * Failed ... if sslmode is "prefer" then do a non-SSL |
| 2958 | * retry |
| 2959 | */ |
| 2960 | if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'p' /* "prefer" */ |
| 2961 | && conn->allow_ssl_try /* redundant? */ |
| 2962 | && !conn->wait_ssl_try) /* redundant? */ |
| 2963 | { |
| 2964 | /* only retry once */ |
| 2965 | conn->allow_ssl_try = false; |
| 2966 | need_new_connection = true; |
| 2967 | goto keep_going; |
| 2968 | } |
| 2969 | /* Else it's a hard failure */ |
| 2970 | goto error_return; |
| 2971 | } |
| 2972 | /* Else, return POLLING_READING or POLLING_WRITING status */ |
| 2973 | return pollres; |
| 2974 | #else /* !USE_SSL */ |
| 2975 | /* can't get here */ |
| 2976 | goto error_return; |
| 2977 | #endif /* USE_SSL */ |
| 2978 | } |
| 2979 | |
| 2980 | case CONNECTION_GSS_STARTUP: |
| 2981 | { |
| 2982 | #ifdef ENABLE_GSS |
| 2983 | PostgresPollingStatusType pollres; |
| 2984 | |
| 2985 | /* |
| 2986 | * If we haven't yet, get the postmaster's response to our |
| 2987 | * negotiation packet |
| 2988 | */ |
| 2989 | if (conn->try_gss && !conn->gctx) |
| 2990 | { |
| 2991 | char gss_ok; |
| 2992 | int rdresult = pqReadData(conn); |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 | if (rdresult < 0) |
| 2995 | /* pqReadData fills in error message */ |
| 2996 | goto error_return; |
| 2997 | else if (rdresult == 0) |
| 2998 | /* caller failed to wait for data */ |
| 2999 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3000 | if (pqGetc(&gss_ok, conn) < 0) |
| 3001 | /* shouldn't happen... */ |
| 3002 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3003 | |
| 3004 | if (gss_ok == 'E') |
| 3005 | { |
| 3006 | /* |
| 3007 | * Server failure of some sort. Assume it's a |
| 3008 | * protocol version support failure, and let's see if |
| 3009 | * we can't recover (if it's not, we'll get a better |
| 3010 | * error message on retry). Server gets fussy if we |
| 3011 | * don't hang up the socket, though. |
| 3012 | */ |
| 3013 | conn->try_gss = false; |
| 3014 | pqDropConnection(conn, true); |
| 3015 | conn->status = CONNECTION_NEEDED; |
| 3016 | goto keep_going; |
| 3017 | } |
| 3018 | |
| 3019 | /* mark byte consumed */ |
| 3020 | conn->inStart = conn->inCursor; |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 | if (gss_ok == 'N') |
| 3023 | { |
| 3024 | /* Server doesn't want GSSAPI; fall back if we can */ |
| 3025 | if (conn->gssencmode[0] == 'r') |
| 3026 | { |
| 3027 | appendPQExpBufferStr(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 3028 | libpq_gettext("server doesn't support GSSAPI encryption, but it was required\n" )); |
| 3029 | goto error_return; |
| 3030 | } |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 | conn->try_gss = false; |
| 3033 | conn->status = CONNECTION_MADE; |
| 3034 | return PGRES_POLLING_WRITING; |
| 3035 | } |
| 3036 | else if (gss_ok != 'G') |
| 3037 | { |
| 3038 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 3039 | libpq_gettext("received invalid response to GSSAPI negotiation: %c\n" ), |
| 3040 | gss_ok); |
| 3041 | goto error_return; |
| 3042 | } |
| 3043 | } |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 | /* Begin or continue GSSAPI negotiation */ |
| 3046 | pollres = pqsecure_open_gss(conn); |
| 3047 | if (pollres == PGRES_POLLING_OK) |
| 3048 | { |
| 3049 | /* All set for startup packet */ |
| 3050 | conn->status = CONNECTION_MADE; |
| 3051 | return PGRES_POLLING_WRITING; |
| 3052 | } |
| 3053 | else if (pollres == PGRES_POLLING_FAILED && |
| 3054 | conn->gssencmode[0] == 'p') |
| 3055 | { |
| 3056 | /* |
| 3057 | * We failed, but we can retry on "prefer". Have to drop |
| 3058 | * the current connection to do so, though. |
| 3059 | */ |
| 3060 | conn->try_gss = false; |
| 3061 | pqDropConnection(conn, true); |
| 3062 | conn->status = CONNECTION_NEEDED; |
| 3063 | goto keep_going; |
| 3064 | } |
| 3065 | return pollres; |
| 3066 | #else /* !ENABLE_GSS */ |
| 3067 | /* unreachable */ |
| 3068 | goto error_return; |
| 3069 | #endif /* ENABLE_GSS */ |
| 3070 | } |
| 3071 | |
| 3072 | /* |
| 3073 | * Handle authentication exchange: wait for postmaster messages |
| 3074 | * and respond as necessary. |
| 3075 | */ |
| 3076 | case CONNECTION_AWAITING_RESPONSE: |
| 3077 | { |
| 3078 | char beresp; |
| 3079 | int msgLength; |
| 3080 | int avail; |
| 3081 | AuthRequest areq; |
| 3082 | int res; |
| 3083 | |
| 3084 | /* |
| 3085 | * Scan the message from current point (note that if we find |
| 3086 | * the message is incomplete, we will return without advancing |
| 3087 | * inStart, and resume here next time). |
| 3088 | */ |
| 3089 | conn->inCursor = conn->inStart; |
| 3090 | |
| 3091 | /* Read type byte */ |
| 3092 | if (pqGetc(&beresp, conn)) |
| 3093 | { |
| 3094 | /* We'll come back when there is more data */ |
| 3095 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3096 | } |
| 3097 | |
| 3098 | /* |
| 3099 | * Validate message type: we expect only an authentication |
| 3100 | * request or an error here. Anything else probably means |
| 3101 | * it's not Postgres on the other end at all. |
| 3102 | */ |
| 3103 | if (!(beresp == 'R' || beresp == 'E')) |
| 3104 | { |
| 3105 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 3106 | libpq_gettext( |
| 3107 | "expected authentication request from " |
| 3108 | "server, but received %c\n" ), |
| 3109 | beresp); |
| 3110 | goto error_return; |
| 3111 | } |
| 3112 | |
| 3113 | if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(conn->pversion) >= 3) |
| 3114 | { |
| 3115 | /* Read message length word */ |
| 3116 | if (pqGetInt(&msgLength, 4, conn)) |
| 3117 | { |
| 3118 | /* We'll come back when there is more data */ |
| 3119 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3120 | } |
| 3121 | } |
| 3122 | else |
| 3123 | { |
| 3124 | /* Set phony message length to disable checks below */ |
| 3125 | msgLength = 8; |
| 3126 | } |
| 3127 | |
| 3128 | /* |
| 3129 | * Try to validate message length before using it. |
| 3130 | * Authentication requests can't be very large, although GSS |
| 3131 | * auth requests may not be that small. Errors can be a |
| 3132 | * little larger, but not huge. If we see a large apparent |
| 3133 | * length in an error, it means we're really talking to a |
| 3134 | * pre-3.0-protocol server; cope. |
| 3135 | */ |
| 3136 | if (beresp == 'R' && (msgLength < 8 || msgLength > 2000)) |
| 3137 | { |
| 3138 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 3139 | libpq_gettext( |
| 3140 | "expected authentication request from " |
| 3141 | "server, but received %c\n" ), |
| 3142 | beresp); |
| 3143 | goto error_return; |
| 3144 | } |
| 3145 | |
| 3146 | if (beresp == 'E' && (msgLength < 8 || msgLength > 30000)) |
| 3147 | { |
| 3148 | /* Handle error from a pre-3.0 server */ |
| 3149 | conn->inCursor = conn->inStart + 1; /* reread data */ |
| 3150 | if (pqGets_append(&conn->errorMessage, conn)) |
| 3151 | { |
| 3152 | /* We'll come back when there is more data */ |
| 3153 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3154 | } |
| 3155 | /* OK, we read the message; mark data consumed */ |
| 3156 | conn->inStart = conn->inCursor; |
| 3157 | |
| 3158 | /* |
| 3159 | * The postmaster typically won't end its message with a |
| 3160 | * newline, so add one to conform to libpq conventions. |
| 3161 | */ |
| 3162 | appendPQExpBufferChar(&conn->errorMessage, '\n'); |
| 3163 | |
| 3164 | /* |
| 3165 | * If we tried to open the connection in 3.0 protocol, |
| 3166 | * fall back to 2.0 protocol. |
| 3167 | */ |
| 3168 | if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(conn->pversion) >= 3) |
| 3169 | { |
| 3170 | conn->pversion = PG_PROTOCOL(2, 0); |
| 3171 | need_new_connection = true; |
| 3172 | goto keep_going; |
| 3173 | } |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | goto error_return; |
| 3176 | } |
| 3177 | |
| 3178 | /* |
| 3179 | * Can't process if message body isn't all here yet. |
| 3180 | * |
| 3181 | * (In protocol 2.0 case, we are assuming messages carry at |
| 3182 | * least 4 bytes of data.) |
| 3183 | */ |
| 3184 | msgLength -= 4; |
| 3185 | avail = conn->inEnd - conn->inCursor; |
| 3186 | if (avail < msgLength) |
| 3187 | { |
| 3188 | /* |
| 3189 | * Before returning, try to enlarge the input buffer if |
| 3190 | * needed to hold the whole message; see notes in |
| 3191 | * pqParseInput3. |
| 3192 | */ |
| 3193 | if (pqCheckInBufferSpace(conn->inCursor + (size_t) msgLength, |
| 3194 | conn)) |
| 3195 | goto error_return; |
| 3196 | /* We'll come back when there is more data */ |
| 3197 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3198 | } |
| 3199 | |
| 3200 | /* Handle errors. */ |
| 3201 | if (beresp == 'E') |
| 3202 | { |
| 3203 | if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(conn->pversion) >= 3) |
| 3204 | { |
| 3205 | if (pqGetErrorNotice3(conn, true)) |
| 3206 | { |
| 3207 | /* We'll come back when there is more data */ |
| 3208 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3209 | } |
| 3210 | } |
| 3211 | else |
| 3212 | { |
| 3213 | if (pqGets_append(&conn->errorMessage, conn)) |
| 3214 | { |
| 3215 | /* We'll come back when there is more data */ |
| 3216 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3217 | } |
| 3218 | } |
| 3219 | /* OK, we read the message; mark data consumed */ |
| 3220 | conn->inStart = conn->inCursor; |
| 3221 | |
| 3222 | /* Check to see if we should mention pgpassfile */ |
| 3223 | pgpassfileWarning(conn); |
| 3224 | |
| 3225 | #ifdef ENABLE_GSS |
| 3226 | |
| 3227 | /* |
| 3228 | * If gssencmode is "prefer" and we're using GSSAPI, retry |
| 3229 | * without it. |
| 3230 | */ |
| 3231 | if (conn->gssenc && conn->gssencmode[0] == 'p') |
| 3232 | { |
| 3233 | OM_uint32 minor; |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 | /* postmaster expects us to drop the connection */ |
| 3236 | conn->try_gss = false; |
| 3237 | conn->gssenc = false; |
| 3238 | gss_delete_sec_context(&minor, &conn->gctx, NULL); |
| 3239 | pqDropConnection(conn, true); |
| 3240 | conn->status = CONNECTION_NEEDED; |
| 3241 | goto keep_going; |
| 3242 | } |
| 3243 | #endif |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | #ifdef USE_SSL |
| 3246 | |
| 3247 | /* |
| 3248 | * if sslmode is "allow" and we haven't tried an SSL |
| 3249 | * connection already, then retry with an SSL connection |
| 3250 | */ |
| 3251 | if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'a' /* "allow" */ |
| 3252 | && !conn->ssl_in_use |
| 3253 | && conn->allow_ssl_try |
| 3254 | && conn->wait_ssl_try) |
| 3255 | { |
| 3256 | /* only retry once */ |
| 3257 | conn->wait_ssl_try = false; |
| 3258 | need_new_connection = true; |
| 3259 | goto keep_going; |
| 3260 | } |
| 3261 | |
| 3262 | /* |
| 3263 | * if sslmode is "prefer" and we're in an SSL connection, |
| 3264 | * then do a non-SSL retry |
| 3265 | */ |
| 3266 | if (conn->sslmode[0] == 'p' /* "prefer" */ |
| 3267 | && conn->ssl_in_use |
| 3268 | && conn->allow_ssl_try /* redundant? */ |
| 3269 | && !conn->wait_ssl_try) /* redundant? */ |
| 3270 | { |
| 3271 | /* only retry once */ |
| 3272 | conn->allow_ssl_try = false; |
| 3273 | need_new_connection = true; |
| 3274 | goto keep_going; |
| 3275 | } |
| 3276 | #endif |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 | goto error_return; |
| 3279 | } |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 | /* It is an authentication request. */ |
| 3282 | conn->auth_req_received = true; |
| 3283 | |
| 3284 | /* Get the type of request. */ |
| 3285 | if (pqGetInt((int *) &areq, 4, conn)) |
| 3286 | { |
| 3287 | /* We'll come back when there are more data */ |
| 3288 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3289 | } |
| 3290 | msgLength -= 4; |
| 3291 | |
| 3292 | /* |
| 3293 | * Ensure the password salt is in the input buffer, if it's an |
| 3294 | * MD5 request. All the other authentication methods that |
| 3295 | * contain extra data in the authentication request are only |
| 3296 | * supported in protocol version 3, in which case we already |
| 3297 | * read the whole message above. |
| 3298 | */ |
| 3299 | if (areq == AUTH_REQ_MD5 && PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(conn->pversion) < 3) |
| 3300 | { |
| 3301 | msgLength += 4; |
| 3302 | |
| 3303 | avail = conn->inEnd - conn->inCursor; |
| 3304 | if (avail < 4) |
| 3305 | { |
| 3306 | /* |
| 3307 | * Before returning, try to enlarge the input buffer |
| 3308 | * if needed to hold the whole message; see notes in |
| 3309 | * pqParseInput3. |
| 3310 | */ |
| 3311 | if (pqCheckInBufferSpace(conn->inCursor + (size_t) 4, |
| 3312 | conn)) |
| 3313 | goto error_return; |
| 3314 | /* We'll come back when there is more data */ |
| 3315 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3316 | } |
| 3317 | } |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 | /* |
| 3320 | * Process the rest of the authentication request message, and |
| 3321 | * respond to it if necessary. |
| 3322 | * |
| 3323 | * Note that conn->pghost must be non-NULL if we are going to |
| 3324 | * avoid the Kerberos code doing a hostname look-up. |
| 3325 | */ |
| 3326 | res = pg_fe_sendauth(areq, msgLength, conn); |
| 3327 | conn->errorMessage.len = strlen(conn->errorMessage.data); |
| 3328 | |
| 3329 | /* OK, we have processed the message; mark data consumed */ |
| 3330 | conn->inStart = conn->inCursor; |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 | if (res != STATUS_OK) |
| 3333 | goto error_return; |
| 3334 | |
| 3335 | /* |
| 3336 | * Just make sure that any data sent by pg_fe_sendauth is |
| 3337 | * flushed out. Although this theoretically could block, it |
| 3338 | * really shouldn't since we don't send large auth responses. |
| 3339 | */ |
| 3340 | if (pqFlush(conn)) |
| 3341 | goto error_return; |
| 3342 | |
| 3343 | if (areq == AUTH_REQ_OK) |
| 3344 | { |
| 3345 | /* We are done with authentication exchange */ |
| 3346 | conn->status = CONNECTION_AUTH_OK; |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | /* |
| 3349 | * Set asyncStatus so that PQgetResult will think that |
| 3350 | * what comes back next is the result of a query. See |
| 3351 | * below. |
| 3352 | */ |
| 3353 | conn->asyncStatus = PGASYNC_BUSY; |
| 3354 | } |
| 3355 | |
| 3356 | /* Look to see if we have more data yet. */ |
| 3357 | goto keep_going; |
| 3358 | } |
| 3359 | |
| 3360 | case CONNECTION_AUTH_OK: |
| 3361 | { |
| 3362 | /* |
| 3363 | * Now we expect to hear from the backend. A ReadyForQuery |
| 3364 | * message indicates that startup is successful, but we might |
| 3365 | * also get an Error message indicating failure. (Notice |
| 3366 | * messages indicating nonfatal warnings are also allowed by |
| 3367 | * the protocol, as are ParameterStatus and BackendKeyData |
| 3368 | * messages.) Easiest way to handle this is to let |
| 3369 | * PQgetResult() read the messages. We just have to fake it |
| 3370 | * out about the state of the connection, by setting |
| 3371 | * asyncStatus = PGASYNC_BUSY (done above). |
| 3372 | */ |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | if (PQisBusy(conn)) |
| 3375 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 | res = PQgetResult(conn); |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | /* |
| 3380 | * NULL return indicating we have gone to IDLE state is |
| 3381 | * expected |
| 3382 | */ |
| 3383 | if (res) |
| 3384 | { |
| 3385 | if (res->resultStatus != PGRES_FATAL_ERROR) |
| 3386 | appendPQExpBufferStr(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 3387 | libpq_gettext("unexpected message from server during startup\n" )); |
| 3388 | else if (conn->send_appname && |
| 3389 | (conn->appname || conn->fbappname)) |
| 3390 | { |
| 3391 | /* |
| 3392 | * If we tried to send application_name, check to see |
| 3393 | * if the error is about that --- pre-9.0 servers will |
| 3394 | * reject it at this stage of the process. If so, |
| 3395 | * close the connection and retry without sending |
| 3396 | * application_name. We could possibly get a false |
| 3397 | * SQLSTATE match here and retry uselessly, but there |
| 3398 | * seems no great harm in that; we'll just get the |
| 3399 | * same error again if it's unrelated. |
| 3400 | */ |
| 3401 | const char *sqlstate; |
| 3402 | |
| 3403 | sqlstate = PQresultErrorField(res, PG_DIAG_SQLSTATE); |
| 3404 | if (sqlstate && |
| 3405 | strcmp(sqlstate, ERRCODE_APPNAME_UNKNOWN) == 0) |
| 3406 | { |
| 3407 | PQclear(res); |
| 3408 | conn->send_appname = false; |
| 3409 | need_new_connection = true; |
| 3410 | goto keep_going; |
| 3411 | } |
| 3412 | } |
| 3413 | |
| 3414 | /* |
| 3415 | * if the resultStatus is FATAL, then conn->errorMessage |
| 3416 | * already has a copy of the error; needn't copy it back. |
| 3417 | * But add a newline if it's not there already, since |
| 3418 | * postmaster error messages may not have one. |
| 3419 | */ |
| 3420 | if (conn->errorMessage.len <= 0 || |
| 3421 | conn->errorMessage.data[conn->errorMessage.len - 1] != '\n') |
| 3422 | appendPQExpBufferChar(&conn->errorMessage, '\n'); |
| 3423 | PQclear(res); |
| 3424 | goto error_return; |
| 3425 | } |
| 3426 | |
| 3427 | /* Fire up post-connection housekeeping if needed */ |
| 3428 | if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(conn->pversion) < 3) |
| 3429 | { |
| 3430 | conn->status = CONNECTION_SETENV; |
| 3431 | conn->setenv_state = SETENV_STATE_CLIENT_ENCODING_SEND; |
| 3432 | conn->next_eo = EnvironmentOptions; |
| 3433 | return PGRES_POLLING_WRITING; |
| 3434 | } |
| 3435 | |
| 3436 | /* |
| 3437 | * If a read-write connection is required, see if we have one. |
| 3438 | * |
| 3439 | * Servers before 7.4 lack the transaction_read_only GUC, but |
| 3440 | * by the same token they don't have any read-only mode, so we |
| 3441 | * may just skip the test in that case. |
| 3442 | */ |
| 3443 | if (conn->sversion >= 70400 && |
| 3444 | conn->target_session_attrs != NULL && |
| 3445 | strcmp(conn->target_session_attrs, "read-write" ) == 0) |
| 3446 | { |
| 3447 | /* |
| 3448 | * Save existing error messages across the PQsendQuery |
| 3449 | * attempt. This is necessary because PQsendQuery is |
| 3450 | * going to reset conn->errorMessage, so we would lose |
| 3451 | * error messages related to previous hosts we have tried |
| 3452 | * and failed to connect to. |
| 3453 | */ |
| 3454 | if (!saveErrorMessage(conn, &savedMessage)) |
| 3455 | goto error_return; |
| 3456 | |
| 3457 | conn->status = CONNECTION_OK; |
| 3458 | if (!PQsendQuery(conn, |
| 3459 | "SHOW transaction_read_only" )) |
| 3460 | { |
| 3461 | restoreErrorMessage(conn, &savedMessage); |
| 3462 | goto error_return; |
| 3463 | } |
| 3464 | conn->status = CONNECTION_CHECK_WRITABLE; |
| 3465 | restoreErrorMessage(conn, &savedMessage); |
| 3466 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3467 | } |
| 3468 | |
| 3469 | /* We can release the address list now. */ |
| 3470 | release_conn_addrinfo(conn); |
| 3471 | |
| 3472 | /* We are open for business! */ |
| 3473 | conn->status = CONNECTION_OK; |
| 3474 | return PGRES_POLLING_OK; |
| 3475 | } |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 | case CONNECTION_SETENV: |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 | /* |
| 3480 | * Do post-connection housekeeping (only needed in protocol 2.0). |
| 3481 | * |
| 3482 | * We pretend that the connection is OK for the duration of these |
| 3483 | * queries. |
| 3484 | */ |
| 3485 | conn->status = CONNECTION_OK; |
| 3486 | |
| 3487 | switch (pqSetenvPoll(conn)) |
| 3488 | { |
| 3489 | case PGRES_POLLING_OK: /* Success */ |
| 3490 | break; |
| 3491 | |
| 3492 | case PGRES_POLLING_READING: /* Still going */ |
| 3493 | conn->status = CONNECTION_SETENV; |
| 3494 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3495 | |
| 3496 | case PGRES_POLLING_WRITING: /* Still going */ |
| 3497 | conn->status = CONNECTION_SETENV; |
| 3498 | return PGRES_POLLING_WRITING; |
| 3499 | |
| 3500 | default: |
| 3501 | goto error_return; |
| 3502 | } |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 | /* |
| 3505 | * If a read-write connection is required, see if we have one. |
| 3506 | * (This should match the stanza in the CONNECTION_AUTH_OK case |
| 3507 | * above.) |
| 3508 | * |
| 3509 | * Servers before 7.4 lack the transaction_read_only GUC, but by |
| 3510 | * the same token they don't have any read-only mode, so we may |
| 3511 | * just skip the test in that case. |
| 3512 | */ |
| 3513 | if (conn->sversion >= 70400 && |
| 3514 | conn->target_session_attrs != NULL && |
| 3515 | strcmp(conn->target_session_attrs, "read-write" ) == 0) |
| 3516 | { |
| 3517 | if (!saveErrorMessage(conn, &savedMessage)) |
| 3518 | goto error_return; |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 | conn->status = CONNECTION_OK; |
| 3521 | if (!PQsendQuery(conn, |
| 3522 | "SHOW transaction_read_only" )) |
| 3523 | { |
| 3524 | restoreErrorMessage(conn, &savedMessage); |
| 3525 | goto error_return; |
| 3526 | } |
| 3527 | conn->status = CONNECTION_CHECK_WRITABLE; |
| 3528 | restoreErrorMessage(conn, &savedMessage); |
| 3529 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3530 | } |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | /* We can release the address list now. */ |
| 3533 | release_conn_addrinfo(conn); |
| 3534 | |
| 3535 | /* We are open for business! */ |
| 3536 | conn->status = CONNECTION_OK; |
| 3537 | return PGRES_POLLING_OK; |
| 3538 | |
| 3539 | case CONNECTION_CONSUME: |
| 3540 | { |
| 3541 | conn->status = CONNECTION_OK; |
| 3542 | if (!PQconsumeInput(conn)) |
| 3543 | goto error_return; |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 | if (PQisBusy(conn)) |
| 3546 | { |
| 3547 | conn->status = CONNECTION_CONSUME; |
| 3548 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3549 | } |
| 3550 | |
| 3551 | /* |
| 3552 | * Call PQgetResult() again to consume NULL result. |
| 3553 | */ |
| 3554 | res = PQgetResult(conn); |
| 3555 | if (res != NULL) |
| 3556 | { |
| 3557 | PQclear(res); |
| 3558 | conn->status = CONNECTION_CONSUME; |
| 3559 | goto keep_going; |
| 3560 | } |
| 3561 | |
| 3562 | /* We can release the address list now. */ |
| 3563 | release_conn_addrinfo(conn); |
| 3564 | |
| 3565 | /* We are open for business! */ |
| 3566 | conn->status = CONNECTION_OK; |
| 3567 | return PGRES_POLLING_OK; |
| 3568 | } |
| 3569 | case CONNECTION_CHECK_WRITABLE: |
| 3570 | { |
| 3571 | const char *displayed_host; |
| 3572 | const char *displayed_port; |
| 3573 | |
| 3574 | if (!saveErrorMessage(conn, &savedMessage)) |
| 3575 | goto error_return; |
| 3576 | |
| 3577 | conn->status = CONNECTION_OK; |
| 3578 | if (!PQconsumeInput(conn)) |
| 3579 | { |
| 3580 | restoreErrorMessage(conn, &savedMessage); |
| 3581 | goto error_return; |
| 3582 | } |
| 3583 | |
| 3584 | if (PQisBusy(conn)) |
| 3585 | { |
| 3586 | conn->status = CONNECTION_CHECK_WRITABLE; |
| 3587 | restoreErrorMessage(conn, &savedMessage); |
| 3588 | return PGRES_POLLING_READING; |
| 3589 | } |
| 3590 | |
| 3591 | res = PQgetResult(conn); |
| 3592 | if (res && (PQresultStatus(res) == PGRES_TUPLES_OK) && |
| 3593 | PQntuples(res) == 1) |
| 3594 | { |
| 3595 | char *val; |
| 3596 | |
| 3597 | val = PQgetvalue(res, 0, 0); |
| 3598 | if (strncmp(val, "on" , 2) == 0) |
| 3599 | { |
| 3600 | /* Not writable; fail this connection. */ |
| 3601 | PQclear(res); |
| 3602 | restoreErrorMessage(conn, &savedMessage); |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | /* Append error report to conn->errorMessage. */ |
| 3605 | if (conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].type == CHT_HOST_ADDRESS) |
| 3606 | displayed_host = conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].hostaddr; |
| 3607 | else |
| 3608 | displayed_host = conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].host; |
| 3609 | displayed_port = conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].port; |
| 3610 | if (displayed_port == NULL || displayed_port[0] == '\0') |
| 3611 | displayed_port = DEF_PGPORT_STR; |
| 3612 | |
| 3613 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 3614 | libpq_gettext("could not make a writable " |
| 3615 | "connection to server " |
| 3616 | "\"%s:%s\"\n" ), |
| 3617 | displayed_host, displayed_port); |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 | /* Close connection politely. */ |
| 3620 | conn->status = CONNECTION_OK; |
| 3621 | sendTerminateConn(conn); |
| 3622 | |
| 3623 | /* |
| 3624 | * Try next host if any, but we don't want to consider |
| 3625 | * additional addresses for this host. |
| 3626 | */ |
| 3627 | conn->try_next_host = true; |
| 3628 | goto keep_going; |
| 3629 | } |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 | /* Session is read-write, so we're good. */ |
| 3632 | PQclear(res); |
| 3633 | termPQExpBuffer(&savedMessage); |
| 3634 | |
| 3635 | /* |
| 3636 | * Finish reading any remaining messages before being |
| 3637 | * considered as ready. |
| 3638 | */ |
| 3639 | conn->status = CONNECTION_CONSUME; |
| 3640 | goto keep_going; |
| 3641 | } |
| 3642 | |
| 3643 | /* |
| 3644 | * Something went wrong with "SHOW transaction_read_only". We |
| 3645 | * should try next addresses. |
| 3646 | */ |
| 3647 | if (res) |
| 3648 | PQclear(res); |
| 3649 | restoreErrorMessage(conn, &savedMessage); |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 | /* Append error report to conn->errorMessage. */ |
| 3652 | if (conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].type == CHT_HOST_ADDRESS) |
| 3653 | displayed_host = conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].hostaddr; |
| 3654 | else |
| 3655 | displayed_host = conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].host; |
| 3656 | displayed_port = conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].port; |
| 3657 | if (displayed_port == NULL || displayed_port[0] == '\0') |
| 3658 | displayed_port = DEF_PGPORT_STR; |
| 3659 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 3660 | libpq_gettext("test \"SHOW transaction_read_only\" failed " |
| 3661 | "on server \"%s:%s\"\n" ), |
| 3662 | displayed_host, displayed_port); |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 | /* Close connection politely. */ |
| 3665 | conn->status = CONNECTION_OK; |
| 3666 | sendTerminateConn(conn); |
| 3667 | |
| 3668 | /* Try next address */ |
| 3669 | conn->try_next_addr = true; |
| 3670 | goto keep_going; |
| 3671 | } |
| 3672 | |
| 3673 | default: |
| 3674 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 3675 | libpq_gettext("invalid connection state %d, " |
| 3676 | "probably indicative of memory corruption\n" ), |
| 3677 | conn->status); |
| 3678 | goto error_return; |
| 3679 | } |
| 3680 | |
| 3681 | /* Unreachable */ |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 | error_return: |
| 3684 | |
| 3685 | /* |
| 3686 | * We used to close the socket at this point, but that makes it awkward |
| 3687 | * for those above us if they wish to remove this socket from their own |
| 3688 | * records (an fd_set for example). We'll just have this socket closed |
| 3689 | * when PQfinish is called (which is compulsory even after an error, since |
| 3690 | * the connection structure must be freed). |
| 3691 | */ |
| 3692 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 3693 | return PGRES_POLLING_FAILED; |
| 3694 | } |
| 3695 | |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 | /* |
| 3698 | * internal_ping |
| 3699 | * Determine if a server is running and if we can connect to it. |
| 3700 | * |
| 3701 | * The argument is a connection that's been started, but not completed. |
| 3702 | */ |
| 3703 | static PGPing |
| 3704 | internal_ping(PGconn *conn) |
| 3705 | { |
| 3706 | /* Say "no attempt" if we never got to PQconnectPoll */ |
| 3707 | if (!conn || !conn->options_valid) |
| 3708 | return PQPING_NO_ATTEMPT; |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 | /* Attempt to complete the connection */ |
| 3711 | if (conn->status != CONNECTION_BAD) |
| 3712 | (void) connectDBComplete(conn); |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 | /* Definitely OK if we succeeded */ |
| 3715 | if (conn->status != CONNECTION_BAD) |
| 3716 | return PQPING_OK; |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 | /* |
| 3719 | * Here begins the interesting part of "ping": determine the cause of the |
| 3720 | * failure in sufficient detail to decide what to return. We do not want |
| 3721 | * to report that the server is not up just because we didn't have a valid |
| 3722 | * password, for example. In fact, any sort of authentication request |
| 3723 | * implies the server is up. (We need this check since the libpq side of |
| 3724 | * things might have pulled the plug on the connection before getting an |
| 3725 | * error as such from the postmaster.) |
| 3726 | */ |
| 3727 | if (conn->auth_req_received) |
| 3728 | return PQPING_OK; |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | /* |
| 3731 | * If we failed to get any ERROR response from the postmaster, report |
| 3732 | * PQPING_NO_RESPONSE. This result could be somewhat misleading for a |
| 3733 | * pre-7.4 server, since it won't send back a SQLSTATE, but those are long |
| 3734 | * out of support. Another corner case where the server could return a |
| 3735 | * failure without a SQLSTATE is fork failure, but NO_RESPONSE isn't |
| 3736 | * totally unreasonable for that anyway. We expect that every other |
| 3737 | * failure case in a modern server will produce a report with a SQLSTATE. |
| 3738 | * |
| 3739 | * NOTE: whenever we get around to making libpq generate SQLSTATEs for |
| 3740 | * client-side errors, we should either not store those into |
| 3741 | * last_sqlstate, or add an extra flag so we can tell client-side errors |
| 3742 | * apart from server-side ones. |
| 3743 | */ |
| 3744 | if (strlen(conn->last_sqlstate) != 5) |
| 3745 | return PQPING_NO_RESPONSE; |
| 3746 | |
| 3747 | /* |
| 3748 | * Report PQPING_REJECT if server says it's not accepting connections. (We |
| 3749 | * distinguish this case mainly for the convenience of pg_ctl.) |
| 3750 | */ |
| 3751 | if (strcmp(conn->last_sqlstate, ERRCODE_CANNOT_CONNECT_NOW) == 0) |
| 3752 | return PQPING_REJECT; |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 | /* |
| 3755 | * Any other SQLSTATE can be taken to indicate that the server is up. |
| 3756 | * Presumably it didn't like our username, password, or database name; or |
| 3757 | * perhaps it had some transient failure, but that should not be taken as |
| 3758 | * meaning "it's down". |
| 3759 | */ |
| 3760 | return PQPING_OK; |
| 3761 | } |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 | |
| 3764 | /* |
| 3765 | * makeEmptyPGconn |
| 3766 | * - create a PGconn data structure with (as yet) no interesting data |
| 3767 | */ |
| 3768 | static PGconn * |
| 3769 | makeEmptyPGconn(void) |
| 3770 | { |
| 3771 | PGconn *conn; |
| 3772 | |
| 3773 | #ifdef WIN32 |
| 3774 | |
| 3775 | /* |
| 3776 | * Make sure socket support is up and running. |
| 3777 | */ |
| 3778 | WSADATA wsaData; |
| 3779 | |
| 3780 | if (WSAStartup(MAKEWORD(1, 1), &wsaData)) |
| 3781 | return NULL; |
| 3782 | WSASetLastError(0); |
| 3783 | #endif |
| 3784 | |
| 3785 | conn = (PGconn *) malloc(sizeof(PGconn)); |
| 3786 | if (conn == NULL) |
| 3787 | { |
| 3788 | #ifdef WIN32 |
| 3789 | WSACleanup(); |
| 3790 | #endif |
| 3791 | return conn; |
| 3792 | } |
| 3793 | |
| 3794 | /* Zero all pointers and booleans */ |
| 3795 | MemSet(conn, 0, sizeof(PGconn)); |
| 3796 | |
| 3797 | /* install default notice hooks */ |
| 3798 | conn->noticeHooks.noticeRec = defaultNoticeReceiver; |
| 3799 | conn->noticeHooks.noticeProc = defaultNoticeProcessor; |
| 3800 | |
| 3801 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 3802 | conn->asyncStatus = PGASYNC_IDLE; |
| 3803 | conn->xactStatus = PQTRANS_IDLE; |
| 3804 | conn->options_valid = false; |
| 3805 | conn->nonblocking = false; |
| 3806 | conn->setenv_state = SETENV_STATE_IDLE; |
| 3807 | conn->client_encoding = PG_SQL_ASCII; |
| 3808 | conn->std_strings = false; /* unless server says differently */ |
| 3809 | conn->verbosity = PQERRORS_DEFAULT; |
| 3810 | conn->show_context = PQSHOW_CONTEXT_ERRORS; |
| 3811 | conn->sock = PGINVALID_SOCKET; |
| 3812 | #ifdef ENABLE_GSS |
| 3813 | conn->try_gss = true; |
| 3814 | #endif |
| 3815 | |
| 3816 | /* |
| 3817 | * We try to send at least 8K at a time, which is the usual size of pipe |
| 3818 | * buffers on Unix systems. That way, when we are sending a large amount |
| 3819 | * of data, we avoid incurring extra kernel context swaps for partial |
| 3820 | * bufferloads. The output buffer is initially made 16K in size, and we |
| 3821 | * try to dump it after accumulating 8K. |
| 3822 | * |
| 3823 | * With the same goal of minimizing context swaps, the input buffer will |
| 3824 | * be enlarged anytime it has less than 8K free, so we initially allocate |
| 3825 | * twice that. |
| 3826 | */ |
| 3827 | conn->inBufSize = 16 * 1024; |
| 3828 | conn->inBuffer = (char *) malloc(conn->inBufSize); |
| 3829 | conn->outBufSize = 16 * 1024; |
| 3830 | conn->outBuffer = (char *) malloc(conn->outBufSize); |
| 3831 | conn->rowBufLen = 32; |
| 3832 | conn->rowBuf = (PGdataValue *) malloc(conn->rowBufLen * sizeof(PGdataValue)); |
| 3833 | initPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage); |
| 3834 | initPQExpBuffer(&conn->workBuffer); |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | if (conn->inBuffer == NULL || |
| 3837 | conn->outBuffer == NULL || |
| 3838 | conn->rowBuf == NULL || |
| 3839 | PQExpBufferBroken(&conn->errorMessage) || |
| 3840 | PQExpBufferBroken(&conn->workBuffer)) |
| 3841 | { |
| 3842 | /* out of memory already :-( */ |
| 3843 | freePGconn(conn); |
| 3844 | conn = NULL; |
| 3845 | } |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 | return conn; |
| 3848 | } |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 | /* |
| 3851 | * freePGconn |
| 3852 | * - free an idle (closed) PGconn data structure |
| 3853 | * |
| 3854 | * NOTE: this should not overlap any functionality with closePGconn(). |
| 3855 | * Clearing/resetting of transient state belongs there; what we do here is |
| 3856 | * release data that is to be held for the life of the PGconn structure. |
| 3857 | * If a value ought to be cleared/freed during PQreset(), do it there not here. |
| 3858 | */ |
| 3859 | static void |
| 3860 | freePGconn(PGconn *conn) |
| 3861 | { |
| 3862 | int i; |
| 3863 | |
| 3864 | /* let any event procs clean up their state data */ |
| 3865 | for (i = 0; i < conn->nEvents; i++) |
| 3866 | { |
| 3867 | PGEventConnDestroy evt; |
| 3868 | |
| 3869 | evt.conn = conn; |
| 3870 | (void) conn->events[i].proc(PGEVT_CONNDESTROY, &evt, |
| 3871 | conn->events[i].passThrough); |
| 3872 | free(conn->events[i].name); |
| 3873 | } |
| 3874 | |
| 3875 | /* clean up pg_conn_host structures */ |
| 3876 | if (conn->connhost != NULL) |
| 3877 | { |
| 3878 | for (i = 0; i < conn->nconnhost; ++i) |
| 3879 | { |
| 3880 | if (conn->connhost[i].host != NULL) |
| 3881 | free(conn->connhost[i].host); |
| 3882 | if (conn->connhost[i].hostaddr != NULL) |
| 3883 | free(conn->connhost[i].hostaddr); |
| 3884 | if (conn->connhost[i].port != NULL) |
| 3885 | free(conn->connhost[i].port); |
| 3886 | if (conn->connhost[i].password != NULL) |
| 3887 | free(conn->connhost[i].password); |
| 3888 | } |
| 3889 | free(conn->connhost); |
| 3890 | } |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 | if (conn->client_encoding_initial) |
| 3893 | free(conn->client_encoding_initial); |
| 3894 | if (conn->events) |
| 3895 | free(conn->events); |
| 3896 | if (conn->pghost) |
| 3897 | free(conn->pghost); |
| 3898 | if (conn->pghostaddr) |
| 3899 | free(conn->pghostaddr); |
| 3900 | if (conn->pgport) |
| 3901 | free(conn->pgport); |
| 3902 | if (conn->pgtty) |
| 3903 | free(conn->pgtty); |
| 3904 | if (conn->connect_timeout) |
| 3905 | free(conn->connect_timeout); |
| 3906 | if (conn->pgtcp_user_timeout) |
| 3907 | free(conn->pgtcp_user_timeout); |
| 3908 | if (conn->pgoptions) |
| 3909 | free(conn->pgoptions); |
| 3910 | if (conn->appname) |
| 3911 | free(conn->appname); |
| 3912 | if (conn->fbappname) |
| 3913 | free(conn->fbappname); |
| 3914 | if (conn->dbName) |
| 3915 | free(conn->dbName); |
| 3916 | if (conn->replication) |
| 3917 | free(conn->replication); |
| 3918 | if (conn->pguser) |
| 3919 | free(conn->pguser); |
| 3920 | if (conn->pgpass) |
| 3921 | free(conn->pgpass); |
| 3922 | if (conn->pgpassfile) |
| 3923 | free(conn->pgpassfile); |
| 3924 | if (conn->keepalives) |
| 3925 | free(conn->keepalives); |
| 3926 | if (conn->keepalives_idle) |
| 3927 | free(conn->keepalives_idle); |
| 3928 | if (conn->keepalives_interval) |
| 3929 | free(conn->keepalives_interval); |
| 3930 | if (conn->keepalives_count) |
| 3931 | free(conn->keepalives_count); |
| 3932 | if (conn->sslmode) |
| 3933 | free(conn->sslmode); |
| 3934 | if (conn->sslcert) |
| 3935 | free(conn->sslcert); |
| 3936 | if (conn->sslkey) |
| 3937 | free(conn->sslkey); |
| 3938 | if (conn->sslrootcert) |
| 3939 | free(conn->sslrootcert); |
| 3940 | if (conn->sslcrl) |
| 3941 | free(conn->sslcrl); |
| 3942 | if (conn->sslcompression) |
| 3943 | free(conn->sslcompression); |
| 3944 | if (conn->requirepeer) |
| 3945 | free(conn->requirepeer); |
| 3946 | if (conn->connip) |
| 3947 | free(conn->connip); |
| 3948 | if (conn->gssencmode) |
| 3949 | free(conn->gssencmode); |
| 3950 | #if defined(ENABLE_GSS) || defined(ENABLE_SSPI) |
| 3951 | if (conn->krbsrvname) |
| 3952 | free(conn->krbsrvname); |
| 3953 | #endif |
| 3954 | #ifdef ENABLE_GSS |
| 3955 | if (conn->gcred != GSS_C_NO_CREDENTIAL) |
| 3956 | { |
| 3957 | OM_uint32 minor; |
| 3958 | |
| 3959 | gss_release_cred(&minor, &conn->gcred); |
| 3960 | conn->gcred = GSS_C_NO_CREDENTIAL; |
| 3961 | } |
| 3962 | if (conn->gctx) |
| 3963 | { |
| 3964 | OM_uint32 minor; |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | gss_delete_sec_context(&minor, &conn->gctx, GSS_C_NO_BUFFER); |
| 3967 | conn->gctx = NULL; |
| 3968 | } |
| 3969 | #endif |
| 3970 | #if defined(ENABLE_GSS) && defined(ENABLE_SSPI) |
| 3971 | if (conn->gsslib) |
| 3972 | free(conn->gsslib); |
| 3973 | #endif |
| 3974 | /* Note that conn->Pfdebug is not ours to close or free */ |
| 3975 | if (conn->last_query) |
| 3976 | free(conn->last_query); |
| 3977 | if (conn->write_err_msg) |
| 3978 | free(conn->write_err_msg); |
| 3979 | if (conn->inBuffer) |
| 3980 | free(conn->inBuffer); |
| 3981 | if (conn->outBuffer) |
| 3982 | free(conn->outBuffer); |
| 3983 | if (conn->rowBuf) |
| 3984 | free(conn->rowBuf); |
| 3985 | if (conn->target_session_attrs) |
| 3986 | free(conn->target_session_attrs); |
| 3987 | termPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage); |
| 3988 | termPQExpBuffer(&conn->workBuffer); |
| 3989 | |
| 3990 | free(conn); |
| 3991 | |
| 3992 | #ifdef WIN32 |
| 3993 | WSACleanup(); |
| 3994 | #endif |
| 3995 | } |
| 3996 | |
| 3997 | /* |
| 3998 | * release_conn_addrinfo |
| 3999 | * - Free any addrinfo list in the PGconn. |
| 4000 | */ |
| 4001 | static void |
| 4002 | release_conn_addrinfo(PGconn *conn) |
| 4003 | { |
| 4004 | if (conn->addrlist) |
| 4005 | { |
| 4006 | pg_freeaddrinfo_all(conn->addrlist_family, conn->addrlist); |
| 4007 | conn->addrlist = NULL; |
| 4008 | conn->addr_cur = NULL; /* for safety */ |
| 4009 | } |
| 4010 | } |
| 4011 | |
| 4012 | /* |
| 4013 | * sendTerminateConn |
| 4014 | * - Send a terminate message to backend. |
| 4015 | */ |
| 4016 | static void |
| 4017 | sendTerminateConn(PGconn *conn) |
| 4018 | { |
| 4019 | /* |
| 4020 | * Note that the protocol doesn't allow us to send Terminate messages |
| 4021 | * during the startup phase. |
| 4022 | */ |
| 4023 | if (conn->sock != PGINVALID_SOCKET && conn->status == CONNECTION_OK) |
| 4024 | { |
| 4025 | /* |
| 4026 | * Try to send "close connection" message to backend. Ignore any |
| 4027 | * error. |
| 4028 | */ |
| 4029 | pqPutMsgStart('X', false, conn); |
| 4030 | pqPutMsgEnd(conn); |
| 4031 | (void) pqFlush(conn); |
| 4032 | } |
| 4033 | } |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 | /* |
| 4036 | * closePGconn |
| 4037 | * - properly close a connection to the backend |
| 4038 | * |
| 4039 | * This should reset or release all transient state, but NOT the connection |
| 4040 | * parameters. On exit, the PGconn should be in condition to start a fresh |
| 4041 | * connection with the same parameters (see PQreset()). |
| 4042 | */ |
| 4043 | static void |
| 4044 | closePGconn(PGconn *conn) |
| 4045 | { |
| 4046 | /* |
| 4047 | * If possible, send Terminate message to close the connection politely. |
| 4048 | */ |
| 4049 | sendTerminateConn(conn); |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 | /* |
| 4052 | * Must reset the blocking status so a possible reconnect will work. |
| 4053 | * |
| 4054 | * Don't call PQsetnonblocking() because it will fail if it's unable to |
| 4055 | * flush the connection. |
| 4056 | */ |
| 4057 | conn->nonblocking = false; |
| 4058 | |
| 4059 | /* |
| 4060 | * Close the connection, reset all transient state, flush I/O buffers. |
| 4061 | */ |
| 4062 | pqDropConnection(conn, true); |
| 4063 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; /* Well, not really _bad_ - just absent */ |
| 4064 | conn->asyncStatus = PGASYNC_IDLE; |
| 4065 | conn->xactStatus = PQTRANS_IDLE; |
| 4066 | pqClearAsyncResult(conn); /* deallocate result */ |
| 4067 | resetPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage); |
| 4068 | release_conn_addrinfo(conn); |
| 4069 | |
| 4070 | /* Reset all state obtained from server, too */ |
| 4071 | pqDropServerData(conn); |
| 4072 | } |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 | /* |
| 4075 | * PQfinish: properly close a connection to the backend. Also frees |
| 4076 | * the PGconn data structure so it shouldn't be re-used after this. |
| 4077 | */ |
| 4078 | void |
| 4079 | PQfinish(PGconn *conn) |
| 4080 | { |
| 4081 | if (conn) |
| 4082 | { |
| 4083 | closePGconn(conn); |
| 4084 | freePGconn(conn); |
| 4085 | } |
| 4086 | } |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 | /* |
| 4089 | * PQreset: resets the connection to the backend by closing the |
| 4090 | * existing connection and creating a new one. |
| 4091 | */ |
| 4092 | void |
| 4093 | PQreset(PGconn *conn) |
| 4094 | { |
| 4095 | if (conn) |
| 4096 | { |
| 4097 | closePGconn(conn); |
| 4098 | |
| 4099 | if (connectDBStart(conn) && connectDBComplete(conn)) |
| 4100 | { |
| 4101 | /* |
| 4102 | * Notify event procs of successful reset. We treat an event proc |
| 4103 | * failure as disabling the connection ... good idea? |
| 4104 | */ |
| 4105 | int i; |
| 4106 | |
| 4107 | for (i = 0; i < conn->nEvents; i++) |
| 4108 | { |
| 4109 | PGEventConnReset evt; |
| 4110 | |
| 4111 | evt.conn = conn; |
| 4112 | if (!conn->events[i].proc(PGEVT_CONNRESET, &evt, |
| 4113 | conn->events[i].passThrough)) |
| 4114 | { |
| 4115 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 4116 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 4117 | libpq_gettext("PGEventProc \"%s\" failed during PGEVT_CONNRESET event\n" ), |
| 4118 | conn->events[i].name); |
| 4119 | break; |
| 4120 | } |
| 4121 | } |
| 4122 | } |
| 4123 | } |
| 4124 | } |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 | |
| 4127 | /* |
| 4128 | * PQresetStart: |
| 4129 | * resets the connection to the backend |
| 4130 | * closes the existing connection and makes a new one |
| 4131 | * Returns 1 on success, 0 on failure. |
| 4132 | */ |
| 4133 | int |
| 4134 | PQresetStart(PGconn *conn) |
| 4135 | { |
| 4136 | if (conn) |
| 4137 | { |
| 4138 | closePGconn(conn); |
| 4139 | |
| 4140 | return connectDBStart(conn); |
| 4141 | } |
| 4142 | |
| 4143 | return 0; |
| 4144 | } |
| 4145 | |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 | /* |
| 4148 | * PQresetPoll: |
| 4149 | * resets the connection to the backend |
| 4150 | * closes the existing connection and makes a new one |
| 4151 | */ |
| 4152 | PostgresPollingStatusType |
| 4153 | PQresetPoll(PGconn *conn) |
| 4154 | { |
| 4155 | if (conn) |
| 4156 | { |
| 4157 | PostgresPollingStatusType status = PQconnectPoll(conn); |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | if (status == PGRES_POLLING_OK) |
| 4160 | { |
| 4161 | /* |
| 4162 | * Notify event procs of successful reset. We treat an event proc |
| 4163 | * failure as disabling the connection ... good idea? |
| 4164 | */ |
| 4165 | int i; |
| 4166 | |
| 4167 | for (i = 0; i < conn->nEvents; i++) |
| 4168 | { |
| 4169 | PGEventConnReset evt; |
| 4170 | |
| 4171 | evt.conn = conn; |
| 4172 | if (!conn->events[i].proc(PGEVT_CONNRESET, &evt, |
| 4173 | conn->events[i].passThrough)) |
| 4174 | { |
| 4175 | conn->status = CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 4176 | printfPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 4177 | libpq_gettext("PGEventProc \"%s\" failed during PGEVT_CONNRESET event\n" ), |
| 4178 | conn->events[i].name); |
| 4179 | return PGRES_POLLING_FAILED; |
| 4180 | } |
| 4181 | } |
| 4182 | } |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | return status; |
| 4185 | } |
| 4186 | |
| 4187 | return PGRES_POLLING_FAILED; |
| 4188 | } |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | /* |
| 4191 | * PQgetCancel: get a PGcancel structure corresponding to a connection. |
| 4192 | * |
| 4193 | * A copy is needed to be able to cancel a running query from a different |
| 4194 | * thread. If the same structure is used all structure members would have |
| 4195 | * to be individually locked (if the entire structure was locked, it would |
| 4196 | * be impossible to cancel a synchronous query because the structure would |
| 4197 | * have to stay locked for the duration of the query). |
| 4198 | */ |
| 4199 | PGcancel * |
| 4200 | PQgetCancel(PGconn *conn) |
| 4201 | { |
| 4202 | PGcancel *cancel; |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 | if (!conn) |
| 4205 | return NULL; |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 | if (conn->sock == PGINVALID_SOCKET) |
| 4208 | return NULL; |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | cancel = malloc(sizeof(PGcancel)); |
| 4211 | if (cancel == NULL) |
| 4212 | return NULL; |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 | memcpy(&cancel->raddr, &conn->raddr, sizeof(SockAddr)); |
| 4215 | cancel->be_pid = conn->be_pid; |
| 4216 | cancel->be_key = conn->be_key; |
| 4217 | |
| 4218 | return cancel; |
| 4219 | } |
| 4220 | |
| 4221 | /* PQfreeCancel: free a cancel structure */ |
| 4222 | void |
| 4223 | PQfreeCancel(PGcancel *cancel) |
| 4224 | { |
| 4225 | if (cancel) |
| 4226 | free(cancel); |
| 4227 | } |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 | /* |
| 4231 | * PQcancel and PQrequestCancel: attempt to request cancellation of the |
| 4232 | * current operation. |
| 4233 | * |
| 4234 | * The return value is true if the cancel request was successfully |
| 4235 | * dispatched, false if not (in which case an error message is available). |
| 4236 | * Note: successful dispatch is no guarantee that there will be any effect at |
| 4237 | * the backend. The application must read the operation result as usual. |
| 4238 | * |
| 4239 | * CAUTION: we want this routine to be safely callable from a signal handler |
| 4240 | * (for example, an application might want to call it in a SIGINT handler). |
| 4241 | * This means we cannot use any C library routine that might be non-reentrant. |
| 4242 | * malloc/free are often non-reentrant, and anything that might call them is |
| 4243 | * just as dangerous. We avoid sprintf here for that reason. Building up |
| 4244 | * error messages with strcpy/strcat is tedious but should be quite safe. |
| 4245 | * We also save/restore errno in case the signal handler support doesn't. |
| 4246 | * |
| 4247 | * internal_cancel() is an internal helper function to make code-sharing |
| 4248 | * between the two versions of the cancel function possible. |
| 4249 | */ |
| 4250 | static int |
| 4251 | internal_cancel(SockAddr *raddr, int be_pid, int be_key, |
| 4252 | char *errbuf, int errbufsize) |
| 4253 | { |
| 4254 | int save_errno = SOCK_ERRNO; |
| 4255 | pgsocket tmpsock = PGINVALID_SOCKET; |
| 4256 | char sebuf[PG_STRERROR_R_BUFLEN]; |
| 4257 | int maxlen; |
| 4258 | struct |
| 4259 | { |
| 4260 | uint32 packetlen; |
| 4261 | CancelRequestPacket cp; |
| 4262 | } crp; |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 | /* |
| 4265 | * We need to open a temporary connection to the postmaster. Do this with |
| 4266 | * only kernel calls. |
| 4267 | */ |
| 4268 | if ((tmpsock = socket(raddr->addr.ss_family, SOCK_STREAM, 0)) == PGINVALID_SOCKET) |
| 4269 | { |
| 4270 | strlcpy(errbuf, "PQcancel() -- socket() failed: " , errbufsize); |
| 4271 | goto cancel_errReturn; |
| 4272 | } |
| 4273 | retry3: |
| 4274 | if (connect(tmpsock, (struct sockaddr *) &raddr->addr, |
| 4275 | raddr->salen) < 0) |
| 4276 | { |
| 4277 | if (SOCK_ERRNO == EINTR) |
| 4278 | /* Interrupted system call - we'll just try again */ |
| 4279 | goto retry3; |
| 4280 | strlcpy(errbuf, "PQcancel() -- connect() failed: " , errbufsize); |
| 4281 | goto cancel_errReturn; |
| 4282 | } |
| 4283 | |
| 4284 | /* |
| 4285 | * We needn't set nonblocking I/O or NODELAY options here. |
| 4286 | */ |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | /* Create and send the cancel request packet. */ |
| 4289 | |
| 4290 | crp.packetlen = pg_hton32((uint32) sizeof(crp)); |
| 4291 | crp.cp.cancelRequestCode = (MsgType) pg_hton32(CANCEL_REQUEST_CODE); |
| 4292 | crp.cp.backendPID = pg_hton32(be_pid); |
| 4293 | crp.cp.cancelAuthCode = pg_hton32(be_key); |
| 4294 | |
| 4295 | retry4: |
| 4296 | if (send(tmpsock, (char *) &crp, sizeof(crp), 0) != (int) sizeof(crp)) |
| 4297 | { |
| 4298 | if (SOCK_ERRNO == EINTR) |
| 4299 | /* Interrupted system call - we'll just try again */ |
| 4300 | goto retry4; |
| 4301 | strlcpy(errbuf, "PQcancel() -- send() failed: " , errbufsize); |
| 4302 | goto cancel_errReturn; |
| 4303 | } |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | /* |
| 4306 | * Wait for the postmaster to close the connection, which indicates that |
| 4307 | * it's processed the request. Without this delay, we might issue another |
| 4308 | * command only to find that our cancel zaps that command instead of the |
| 4309 | * one we thought we were canceling. Note we don't actually expect this |
| 4310 | * read to obtain any data, we are just waiting for EOF to be signaled. |
| 4311 | */ |
| 4312 | retry5: |
| 4313 | if (recv(tmpsock, (char *) &crp, 1, 0) < 0) |
| 4314 | { |
| 4315 | if (SOCK_ERRNO == EINTR) |
| 4316 | /* Interrupted system call - we'll just try again */ |
| 4317 | goto retry5; |
| 4318 | /* we ignore other error conditions */ |
| 4319 | } |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 | /* All done */ |
| 4322 | closesocket(tmpsock); |
| 4323 | SOCK_ERRNO_SET(save_errno); |
| 4324 | return true; |
| 4325 | |
| 4326 | cancel_errReturn: |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 | /* |
| 4329 | * Make sure we don't overflow the error buffer. Leave space for the \n at |
| 4330 | * the end, and for the terminating zero. |
| 4331 | */ |
| 4332 | maxlen = errbufsize - strlen(errbuf) - 2; |
| 4333 | if (maxlen >= 0) |
| 4334 | { |
| 4335 | strncat(errbuf, SOCK_STRERROR(SOCK_ERRNO, sebuf, sizeof(sebuf)), |
| 4336 | maxlen); |
| 4337 | strcat(errbuf, "\n" ); |
| 4338 | } |
| 4339 | if (tmpsock != PGINVALID_SOCKET) |
| 4340 | closesocket(tmpsock); |
| 4341 | SOCK_ERRNO_SET(save_errno); |
| 4342 | return false; |
| 4343 | } |
| 4344 | |
| 4345 | /* |
| 4346 | * PQcancel: request query cancel |
| 4347 | * |
| 4348 | * Returns true if able to send the cancel request, false if not. |
| 4349 | * |
| 4350 | * On failure, an error message is stored in *errbuf, which must be of size |
| 4351 | * errbufsize (recommended size is 256 bytes). *errbuf is not changed on |
| 4352 | * success return. |
| 4353 | */ |
| 4354 | int |
| 4355 | PQcancel(PGcancel *cancel, char *errbuf, int errbufsize) |
| 4356 | { |
| 4357 | if (!cancel) |
| 4358 | { |
| 4359 | strlcpy(errbuf, "PQcancel() -- no cancel object supplied" , errbufsize); |
| 4360 | return false; |
| 4361 | } |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 | return internal_cancel(&cancel->raddr, cancel->be_pid, cancel->be_key, |
| 4364 | errbuf, errbufsize); |
| 4365 | } |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | /* |
| 4368 | * PQrequestCancel: old, not thread-safe function for requesting query cancel |
| 4369 | * |
| 4370 | * Returns true if able to send the cancel request, false if not. |
| 4371 | * |
| 4372 | * On failure, the error message is saved in conn->errorMessage; this means |
| 4373 | * that this can't be used when there might be other active operations on |
| 4374 | * the connection object. |
| 4375 | * |
| 4376 | * NOTE: error messages will be cut off at the current size of the |
| 4377 | * error message buffer, since we dare not try to expand conn->errorMessage! |
| 4378 | */ |
| 4379 | int |
| 4380 | PQrequestCancel(PGconn *conn) |
| 4381 | { |
| 4382 | int r; |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 | /* Check we have an open connection */ |
| 4385 | if (!conn) |
| 4386 | return false; |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 | if (conn->sock == PGINVALID_SOCKET) |
| 4389 | { |
| 4390 | strlcpy(conn->errorMessage.data, |
| 4391 | "PQrequestCancel() -- connection is not open\n" , |
| 4392 | conn->errorMessage.maxlen); |
| 4393 | conn->errorMessage.len = strlen(conn->errorMessage.data); |
| 4394 | |
| 4395 | return false; |
| 4396 | } |
| 4397 | |
| 4398 | r = internal_cancel(&conn->raddr, conn->be_pid, conn->be_key, |
| 4399 | conn->errorMessage.data, conn->errorMessage.maxlen); |
| 4400 | |
| 4401 | if (!r) |
| 4402 | conn->errorMessage.len = strlen(conn->errorMessage.data); |
| 4403 | |
| 4404 | return r; |
| 4405 | } |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | |
| 4408 | /* |
| 4409 | * pqPacketSend() -- convenience routine to send a message to server. |
| 4410 | * |
| 4411 | * pack_type: the single-byte message type code. (Pass zero for startup |
| 4412 | * packets, which have no message type code.) |
| 4413 | * |
| 4414 | * buf, buf_len: contents of message. The given length includes only what |
| 4415 | * is in buf; the message type and message length fields are added here. |
| 4416 | * |
| 4417 | * RETURNS: STATUS_ERROR if the write fails, STATUS_OK otherwise. |
| 4418 | * SIDE_EFFECTS: may block. |
| 4419 | * |
| 4420 | * Note: all messages sent with this routine have a length word, whether |
| 4421 | * it's protocol 2.0 or 3.0. |
| 4422 | */ |
| 4423 | int |
| 4424 | pqPacketSend(PGconn *conn, char pack_type, |
| 4425 | const void *buf, size_t buf_len) |
| 4426 | { |
| 4427 | /* Start the message. */ |
| 4428 | if (pqPutMsgStart(pack_type, true, conn)) |
| 4429 | return STATUS_ERROR; |
| 4430 | |
| 4431 | /* Send the message body. */ |
| 4432 | if (pqPutnchar(buf, buf_len, conn)) |
| 4433 | return STATUS_ERROR; |
| 4434 | |
| 4435 | /* Finish the message. */ |
| 4436 | if (pqPutMsgEnd(conn)) |
| 4437 | return STATUS_ERROR; |
| 4438 | |
| 4439 | /* Flush to ensure backend gets it. */ |
| 4440 | if (pqFlush(conn)) |
| 4441 | return STATUS_ERROR; |
| 4442 | |
| 4443 | return STATUS_OK; |
| 4444 | } |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 | #ifdef USE_LDAP |
| 4447 | |
| 4448 | #define LDAP_URL "ldap://" |
| 4449 | #define LDAP_DEF_PORT 389 |
| 4450 | #define PGLDAP_TIMEOUT 2 |
| 4451 | |
| 4452 | #define ld_is_sp_tab(x) ((x) == ' ' || (x) == '\t') |
| 4453 | #define ld_is_nl_cr(x) ((x) == '\r' || (x) == '\n') |
| 4454 | |
| 4455 | |
| 4456 | /* |
| 4457 | * ldapServiceLookup |
| 4458 | * |
| 4459 | * Search the LDAP URL passed as first argument, treat the result as a |
| 4460 | * string of connection options that are parsed and added to the array of |
| 4461 | * options passed as second argument. |
| 4462 | * |
| 4463 | * LDAP URLs must conform to RFC 1959 without escape sequences. |
| 4464 | * ldap://host:port/dn?attributes?scope?filter?extensions |
| 4465 | * |
| 4466 | * Returns |
| 4467 | * 0 if the lookup was successful, |
| 4468 | * 1 if the connection to the LDAP server could be established but |
| 4469 | * the search was unsuccessful, |
| 4470 | * 2 if a connection could not be established, and |
| 4471 | * 3 if a fatal error occurred. |
| 4472 | * |
| 4473 | * An error message is returned in the third argument for return codes 1 and 3. |
| 4474 | */ |
| 4475 | static int |
| 4476 | ldapServiceLookup(const char *purl, PQconninfoOption *options, |
| 4477 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage) |
| 4478 | { |
| 4479 | int port = LDAP_DEF_PORT, |
| 4480 | scope, |
| 4481 | rc, |
| 4482 | size, |
| 4483 | state, |
| 4484 | oldstate, |
| 4485 | i; |
| 4486 | #ifndef WIN32 |
| 4487 | int msgid; |
| 4488 | #endif |
| 4489 | bool found_keyword; |
| 4490 | char *url, |
| 4491 | *hostname, |
| 4492 | *portstr, |
| 4493 | *endptr, |
| 4494 | *dn, |
| 4495 | *scopestr, |
| 4496 | *filter, |
| 4497 | *result, |
| 4498 | *p, |
| 4499 | *p1 = NULL, |
| 4500 | *optname = NULL, |
| 4501 | *optval = NULL; |
| 4502 | char *attrs[2] = {NULL, NULL}; |
| 4503 | LDAP *ld = NULL; |
| 4504 | LDAPMessage *res, |
| 4505 | *entry; |
| 4506 | struct berval **values; |
| 4507 | LDAP_TIMEVAL time = {PGLDAP_TIMEOUT, 0}; |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | if ((url = strdup(purl)) == NULL) |
| 4510 | { |
| 4511 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 4512 | return 3; |
| 4513 | } |
| 4514 | |
| 4515 | /* |
| 4516 | * Parse URL components, check for correctness. Basically, url has '\0' |
| 4517 | * placed at component boundaries and variables are pointed at each |
| 4518 | * component. |
| 4519 | */ |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 | if (pg_strncasecmp(url, LDAP_URL, strlen(LDAP_URL)) != 0) |
| 4522 | { |
| 4523 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 4524 | libpq_gettext("invalid LDAP URL \"%s\": scheme must be ldap://\n" ), purl); |
| 4525 | free(url); |
| 4526 | return 3; |
| 4527 | } |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | /* hostname */ |
| 4530 | hostname = url + strlen(LDAP_URL); |
| 4531 | if (*hostname == '/') /* no hostname? */ |
| 4532 | hostname = DefaultHost; /* the default */ |
| 4533 | |
| 4534 | /* dn, "distinguished name" */ |
| 4535 | p = strchr(url + strlen(LDAP_URL), '/'); |
| 4536 | if (p == NULL || *(p + 1) == '\0' || *(p + 1) == '?') |
| 4537 | { |
| 4538 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext( |
| 4539 | "invalid LDAP URL \"%s\": missing distinguished name\n" ), purl); |
| 4540 | free(url); |
| 4541 | return 3; |
| 4542 | } |
| 4543 | *p = '\0'; /* terminate hostname */ |
| 4544 | dn = p + 1; |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 | /* attribute */ |
| 4547 | if ((p = strchr(dn, '?')) == NULL || *(p + 1) == '\0' || *(p + 1) == '?') |
| 4548 | { |
| 4549 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext( |
| 4550 | "invalid LDAP URL \"%s\": must have exactly one attribute\n" ), purl); |
| 4551 | free(url); |
| 4552 | return 3; |
| 4553 | } |
| 4554 | *p = '\0'; |
| 4555 | attrs[0] = p + 1; |
| 4556 | |
| 4557 | /* scope */ |
| 4558 | if ((p = strchr(attrs[0], '?')) == NULL || *(p + 1) == '\0' || *(p + 1) == '?') |
| 4559 | { |
| 4560 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext("invalid LDAP URL \"%s\": must have search scope (base/one/sub)\n" ), purl); |
| 4561 | free(url); |
| 4562 | return 3; |
| 4563 | } |
| 4564 | *p = '\0'; |
| 4565 | scopestr = p + 1; |
| 4566 | |
| 4567 | /* filter */ |
| 4568 | if ((p = strchr(scopestr, '?')) == NULL || *(p + 1) == '\0' || *(p + 1) == '?') |
| 4569 | { |
| 4570 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 4571 | libpq_gettext("invalid LDAP URL \"%s\": no filter\n" ), purl); |
| 4572 | free(url); |
| 4573 | return 3; |
| 4574 | } |
| 4575 | *p = '\0'; |
| 4576 | filter = p + 1; |
| 4577 | if ((p = strchr(filter, '?')) != NULL) |
| 4578 | *p = '\0'; |
| 4579 | |
| 4580 | /* port number? */ |
| 4581 | if ((p1 = strchr(hostname, ':')) != NULL) |
| 4582 | { |
| 4583 | long lport; |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 | *p1 = '\0'; |
| 4586 | portstr = p1 + 1; |
| 4587 | errno = 0; |
| 4588 | lport = strtol(portstr, &endptr, 10); |
| 4589 | if (*portstr == '\0' || *endptr != '\0' || errno || lport < 0 || lport > 65535) |
| 4590 | { |
| 4591 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext( |
| 4592 | "invalid LDAP URL \"%s\": invalid port number\n" ), purl); |
| 4593 | free(url); |
| 4594 | return 3; |
| 4595 | } |
| 4596 | port = (int) lport; |
| 4597 | } |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 | /* Allow only one attribute */ |
| 4600 | if (strchr(attrs[0], ',') != NULL) |
| 4601 | { |
| 4602 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext( |
| 4603 | "invalid LDAP URL \"%s\": must have exactly one attribute\n" ), purl); |
| 4604 | free(url); |
| 4605 | return 3; |
| 4606 | } |
| 4607 | |
| 4608 | /* set scope */ |
| 4609 | if (pg_strcasecmp(scopestr, "base" ) == 0) |
| 4610 | scope = LDAP_SCOPE_BASE; |
| 4611 | else if (pg_strcasecmp(scopestr, "one" ) == 0) |
| 4612 | scope = LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL; |
| 4613 | else if (pg_strcasecmp(scopestr, "sub" ) == 0) |
| 4614 | scope = LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE; |
| 4615 | else |
| 4616 | { |
| 4617 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext("invalid LDAP URL \"%s\": must have search scope (base/one/sub)\n" ), purl); |
| 4618 | free(url); |
| 4619 | return 3; |
| 4620 | } |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 | /* initialize LDAP structure */ |
| 4623 | if ((ld = ldap_init(hostname, port)) == NULL) |
| 4624 | { |
| 4625 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 4626 | libpq_gettext("could not create LDAP structure\n" )); |
| 4627 | free(url); |
| 4628 | return 3; |
| 4629 | } |
| 4630 | |
| 4631 | /* |
| 4632 | * Perform an explicit anonymous bind. |
| 4633 | * |
| 4634 | * LDAP does not require that an anonymous bind is performed explicitly, |
| 4635 | * but we want to distinguish between the case where LDAP bind does not |
| 4636 | * succeed within PGLDAP_TIMEOUT seconds (return 2 to continue parsing the |
| 4637 | * service control file) and the case where querying the LDAP server fails |
| 4638 | * (return 1 to end parsing). |
| 4639 | * |
| 4640 | * Unfortunately there is no way of setting a timeout that works for both |
| 4641 | * Windows and OpenLDAP. |
| 4642 | */ |
| 4643 | #ifdef WIN32 |
| 4644 | /* the nonstandard ldap_connect function performs an anonymous bind */ |
| 4645 | if (ldap_connect(ld, &time) != LDAP_SUCCESS) |
| 4646 | { |
| 4647 | /* error or timeout in ldap_connect */ |
| 4648 | free(url); |
| 4649 | ldap_unbind(ld); |
| 4650 | return 2; |
| 4651 | } |
| 4652 | #else /* !WIN32 */ |
| 4653 | /* in OpenLDAP, use the LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT option */ |
| 4654 | if (ldap_set_option(ld, LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT, &time) != LDAP_SUCCESS) |
| 4655 | { |
| 4656 | free(url); |
| 4657 | ldap_unbind(ld); |
| 4658 | return 3; |
| 4659 | } |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 | /* anonymous bind */ |
| 4662 | if ((msgid = ldap_simple_bind(ld, NULL, NULL)) == -1) |
| 4663 | { |
| 4664 | /* error or network timeout */ |
| 4665 | free(url); |
| 4666 | ldap_unbind(ld); |
| 4667 | return 2; |
| 4668 | } |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | /* wait some time for the connection to succeed */ |
| 4671 | res = NULL; |
| 4672 | if ((rc = ldap_result(ld, msgid, LDAP_MSG_ALL, &time, &res)) == -1 || |
| 4673 | res == NULL) |
| 4674 | { |
| 4675 | /* error or timeout */ |
| 4676 | if (res != NULL) |
| 4677 | ldap_msgfree(res); |
| 4678 | free(url); |
| 4679 | ldap_unbind(ld); |
| 4680 | return 2; |
| 4681 | } |
| 4682 | ldap_msgfree(res); |
| 4683 | |
| 4684 | /* reset timeout */ |
| 4685 | time.tv_sec = -1; |
| 4686 | if (ldap_set_option(ld, LDAP_OPT_NETWORK_TIMEOUT, &time) != LDAP_SUCCESS) |
| 4687 | { |
| 4688 | free(url); |
| 4689 | ldap_unbind(ld); |
| 4690 | return 3; |
| 4691 | } |
| 4692 | #endif /* WIN32 */ |
| 4693 | |
| 4694 | /* search */ |
| 4695 | res = NULL; |
| 4696 | if ((rc = ldap_search_st(ld, dn, scope, filter, attrs, 0, &time, &res)) |
| 4697 | != LDAP_SUCCESS) |
| 4698 | { |
| 4699 | if (res != NULL) |
| 4700 | ldap_msgfree(res); |
| 4701 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 4702 | libpq_gettext("lookup on LDAP server failed: %s\n" ), |
| 4703 | ldap_err2string(rc)); |
| 4704 | ldap_unbind(ld); |
| 4705 | free(url); |
| 4706 | return 1; |
| 4707 | } |
| 4708 | |
| 4709 | /* complain if there was not exactly one result */ |
| 4710 | if ((rc = ldap_count_entries(ld, res)) != 1) |
| 4711 | { |
| 4712 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 4713 | rc ? libpq_gettext("more than one entry found on LDAP lookup\n" ) |
| 4714 | : libpq_gettext("no entry found on LDAP lookup\n" )); |
| 4715 | ldap_msgfree(res); |
| 4716 | ldap_unbind(ld); |
| 4717 | free(url); |
| 4718 | return 1; |
| 4719 | } |
| 4720 | |
| 4721 | /* get entry */ |
| 4722 | if ((entry = ldap_first_entry(ld, res)) == NULL) |
| 4723 | { |
| 4724 | /* should never happen */ |
| 4725 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 4726 | libpq_gettext("no entry found on LDAP lookup\n" )); |
| 4727 | ldap_msgfree(res); |
| 4728 | ldap_unbind(ld); |
| 4729 | free(url); |
| 4730 | return 1; |
| 4731 | } |
| 4732 | |
| 4733 | /* get values */ |
| 4734 | if ((values = ldap_get_values_len(ld, entry, attrs[0])) == NULL) |
| 4735 | { |
| 4736 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 4737 | libpq_gettext("attribute has no values on LDAP lookup\n" )); |
| 4738 | ldap_msgfree(res); |
| 4739 | ldap_unbind(ld); |
| 4740 | free(url); |
| 4741 | return 1; |
| 4742 | } |
| 4743 | |
| 4744 | ldap_msgfree(res); |
| 4745 | free(url); |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 | if (values[0] == NULL) |
| 4748 | { |
| 4749 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 4750 | libpq_gettext("attribute has no values on LDAP lookup\n" )); |
| 4751 | ldap_value_free_len(values); |
| 4752 | ldap_unbind(ld); |
| 4753 | return 1; |
| 4754 | } |
| 4755 | |
| 4756 | /* concatenate values into a single string with newline terminators */ |
| 4757 | size = 1; /* for the trailing null */ |
| 4758 | for (i = 0; values[i] != NULL; i++) |
| 4759 | size += values[i]->bv_len + 1; |
| 4760 | if ((result = malloc(size)) == NULL) |
| 4761 | { |
| 4762 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 4763 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 4764 | ldap_value_free_len(values); |
| 4765 | ldap_unbind(ld); |
| 4766 | return 3; |
| 4767 | } |
| 4768 | p = result; |
| 4769 | for (i = 0; values[i] != NULL; i++) |
| 4770 | { |
| 4771 | memcpy(p, values[i]->bv_val, values[i]->bv_len); |
| 4772 | p += values[i]->bv_len; |
| 4773 | *(p++) = '\n'; |
| 4774 | } |
| 4775 | *p = '\0'; |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 | ldap_value_free_len(values); |
| 4778 | ldap_unbind(ld); |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 | /* parse result string */ |
| 4781 | oldstate = state = 0; |
| 4782 | for (p = result; *p != '\0'; ++p) |
| 4783 | { |
| 4784 | switch (state) |
| 4785 | { |
| 4786 | case 0: /* between entries */ |
| 4787 | if (!ld_is_sp_tab(*p) && !ld_is_nl_cr(*p)) |
| 4788 | { |
| 4789 | optname = p; |
| 4790 | state = 1; |
| 4791 | } |
| 4792 | break; |
| 4793 | case 1: /* in option name */ |
| 4794 | if (ld_is_sp_tab(*p)) |
| 4795 | { |
| 4796 | *p = '\0'; |
| 4797 | state = 2; |
| 4798 | } |
| 4799 | else if (ld_is_nl_cr(*p)) |
| 4800 | { |
| 4801 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext( |
| 4802 | "missing \"=\" after \"%s\" in connection info string\n" ), |
| 4803 | optname); |
| 4804 | free(result); |
| 4805 | return 3; |
| 4806 | } |
| 4807 | else if (*p == '=') |
| 4808 | { |
| 4809 | *p = '\0'; |
| 4810 | state = 3; |
| 4811 | } |
| 4812 | break; |
| 4813 | case 2: /* after option name */ |
| 4814 | if (*p == '=') |
| 4815 | { |
| 4816 | state = 3; |
| 4817 | } |
| 4818 | else if (!ld_is_sp_tab(*p)) |
| 4819 | { |
| 4820 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext( |
| 4821 | "missing \"=\" after \"%s\" in connection info string\n" ), |
| 4822 | optname); |
| 4823 | free(result); |
| 4824 | return 3; |
| 4825 | } |
| 4826 | break; |
| 4827 | case 3: /* before option value */ |
| 4828 | if (*p == '\'') |
| 4829 | { |
| 4830 | optval = p + 1; |
| 4831 | p1 = p + 1; |
| 4832 | state = 5; |
| 4833 | } |
| 4834 | else if (ld_is_nl_cr(*p)) |
| 4835 | { |
| 4836 | optval = optname + strlen(optname); /* empty */ |
| 4837 | state = 0; |
| 4838 | } |
| 4839 | else if (!ld_is_sp_tab(*p)) |
| 4840 | { |
| 4841 | optval = p; |
| 4842 | state = 4; |
| 4843 | } |
| 4844 | break; |
| 4845 | case 4: /* in unquoted option value */ |
| 4846 | if (ld_is_sp_tab(*p) || ld_is_nl_cr(*p)) |
| 4847 | { |
| 4848 | *p = '\0'; |
| 4849 | state = 0; |
| 4850 | } |
| 4851 | break; |
| 4852 | case 5: /* in quoted option value */ |
| 4853 | if (*p == '\'') |
| 4854 | { |
| 4855 | *p1 = '\0'; |
| 4856 | state = 0; |
| 4857 | } |
| 4858 | else if (*p == '\\') |
| 4859 | state = 6; |
| 4860 | else |
| 4861 | *(p1++) = *p; |
| 4862 | break; |
| 4863 | case 6: /* in quoted option value after escape */ |
| 4864 | *(p1++) = *p; |
| 4865 | state = 5; |
| 4866 | break; |
| 4867 | } |
| 4868 | |
| 4869 | if (state == 0 && oldstate != 0) |
| 4870 | { |
| 4871 | found_keyword = false; |
| 4872 | for (i = 0; options[i].keyword; i++) |
| 4873 | { |
| 4874 | if (strcmp(options[i].keyword, optname) == 0) |
| 4875 | { |
| 4876 | if (options[i].val == NULL) |
| 4877 | { |
| 4878 | options[i].val = strdup(optval); |
| 4879 | if (!options[i].val) |
| 4880 | { |
| 4881 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 4882 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 4883 | free(result); |
| 4884 | return 3; |
| 4885 | } |
| 4886 | } |
| 4887 | found_keyword = true; |
| 4888 | break; |
| 4889 | } |
| 4890 | } |
| 4891 | if (!found_keyword) |
| 4892 | { |
| 4893 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 4894 | libpq_gettext("invalid connection option \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 4895 | optname); |
| 4896 | free(result); |
| 4897 | return 1; |
| 4898 | } |
| 4899 | optname = NULL; |
| 4900 | optval = NULL; |
| 4901 | } |
| 4902 | oldstate = state; |
| 4903 | } |
| 4904 | |
| 4905 | free(result); |
| 4906 | |
| 4907 | if (state == 5 || state == 6) |
| 4908 | { |
| 4909 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext( |
| 4910 | "unterminated quoted string in connection info string\n" )); |
| 4911 | return 3; |
| 4912 | } |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 | return 0; |
| 4915 | } |
| 4916 | |
| 4917 | #endif /* USE_LDAP */ |
| 4918 | |
| 4919 | #define MAXBUFSIZE 256 |
| 4920 | |
| 4921 | /* |
| 4922 | * parseServiceInfo: if a service name has been given, look it up and absorb |
| 4923 | * connection options from it into *options. |
| 4924 | * |
| 4925 | * Returns 0 on success, nonzero on failure. On failure, if errorMessage |
| 4926 | * isn't null, also store an error message there. (Note: the only reason |
| 4927 | * this function and related ones don't dump core on errorMessage == NULL |
| 4928 | * is the undocumented fact that printfPQExpBuffer does nothing when passed |
| 4929 | * a null PQExpBuffer pointer.) |
| 4930 | */ |
| 4931 | static int |
| 4932 | parseServiceInfo(PQconninfoOption *options, PQExpBuffer errorMessage) |
| 4933 | { |
| 4934 | const char *service = conninfo_getval(options, "service" ); |
| 4935 | char serviceFile[MAXPGPATH]; |
| 4936 | char *env; |
| 4937 | bool group_found = false; |
| 4938 | int status; |
| 4939 | struct stat stat_buf; |
| 4940 | |
| 4941 | /* |
| 4942 | * We have to special-case the environment variable PGSERVICE here, since |
| 4943 | * this is and should be called before inserting environment defaults for |
| 4944 | * other connection options. |
| 4945 | */ |
| 4946 | if (service == NULL) |
| 4947 | service = getenv("PGSERVICE" ); |
| 4948 | |
| 4949 | /* If no service name given, nothing to do */ |
| 4950 | if (service == NULL) |
| 4951 | return 0; |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 | /* |
| 4954 | * Try PGSERVICEFILE if specified, else try ~/.pg_service.conf (if that |
| 4955 | * exists). |
| 4956 | */ |
| 4957 | if ((env = getenv("PGSERVICEFILE" )) != NULL) |
| 4958 | strlcpy(serviceFile, env, sizeof(serviceFile)); |
| 4959 | else |
| 4960 | { |
| 4961 | char homedir[MAXPGPATH]; |
| 4962 | |
| 4963 | if (!pqGetHomeDirectory(homedir, sizeof(homedir))) |
| 4964 | goto next_file; |
| 4965 | snprintf(serviceFile, MAXPGPATH, "%s/%s" , homedir, ".pg_service.conf" ); |
| 4966 | if (stat(serviceFile, &stat_buf) != 0) |
| 4967 | goto next_file; |
| 4968 | } |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 | status = parseServiceFile(serviceFile, service, options, errorMessage, &group_found); |
| 4971 | if (group_found || status != 0) |
| 4972 | return status; |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 | next_file: |
| 4975 | |
| 4976 | /* |
| 4977 | * This could be used by any application so we can't use the binary |
| 4978 | * location to find our config files. |
| 4979 | */ |
| 4980 | snprintf(serviceFile, MAXPGPATH, "%s/pg_service.conf" , |
| 4981 | getenv("PGSYSCONFDIR" ) ? getenv("PGSYSCONFDIR" ) : SYSCONFDIR); |
| 4982 | if (stat(serviceFile, &stat_buf) != 0) |
| 4983 | goto last_file; |
| 4984 | |
| 4985 | status = parseServiceFile(serviceFile, service, options, errorMessage, &group_found); |
| 4986 | if (status != 0) |
| 4987 | return status; |
| 4988 | |
| 4989 | last_file: |
| 4990 | if (!group_found) |
| 4991 | { |
| 4992 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 4993 | libpq_gettext("definition of service \"%s\" not found\n" ), service); |
| 4994 | return 3; |
| 4995 | } |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | return 0; |
| 4998 | } |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 | static int |
| 5001 | parseServiceFile(const char *serviceFile, |
| 5002 | const char *service, |
| 5003 | PQconninfoOption *options, |
| 5004 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage, |
| 5005 | bool *group_found) |
| 5006 | { |
| 5007 | int linenr = 0, |
| 5008 | i; |
| 5009 | FILE *f; |
| 5010 | char buf[MAXBUFSIZE], |
| 5011 | *line; |
| 5012 | |
| 5013 | f = fopen(serviceFile, "r" ); |
| 5014 | if (f == NULL) |
| 5015 | { |
| 5016 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext("service file \"%s\" not found\n" ), |
| 5017 | serviceFile); |
| 5018 | return 1; |
| 5019 | } |
| 5020 | |
| 5021 | while ((line = fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), f)) != NULL) |
| 5022 | { |
| 5023 | int len; |
| 5024 | |
| 5025 | linenr++; |
| 5026 | |
| 5027 | if (strlen(line) >= sizeof(buf) - 1) |
| 5028 | { |
| 5029 | fclose(f); |
| 5030 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5031 | libpq_gettext("line %d too long in service file \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 5032 | linenr, |
| 5033 | serviceFile); |
| 5034 | return 2; |
| 5035 | } |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 | /* ignore EOL at end of line, including \r in case it's a DOS file */ |
| 5038 | len = strlen(line); |
| 5039 | while (len > 0 && (line[len - 1] == '\n' || |
| 5040 | line[len - 1] == '\r')) |
| 5041 | line[--len] = '\0'; |
| 5042 | |
| 5043 | /* ignore leading blanks */ |
| 5044 | while (*line && isspace((unsigned char) line[0])) |
| 5045 | line++; |
| 5046 | |
| 5047 | /* ignore comments and empty lines */ |
| 5048 | if (line[0] == '\0' || line[0] == '#') |
| 5049 | continue; |
| 5050 | |
| 5051 | /* Check for right groupname */ |
| 5052 | if (line[0] == '[') |
| 5053 | { |
| 5054 | if (*group_found) |
| 5055 | { |
| 5056 | /* group info already read */ |
| 5057 | fclose(f); |
| 5058 | return 0; |
| 5059 | } |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | if (strncmp(line + 1, service, strlen(service)) == 0 && |
| 5062 | line[strlen(service) + 1] == ']') |
| 5063 | *group_found = true; |
| 5064 | else |
| 5065 | *group_found = false; |
| 5066 | } |
| 5067 | else |
| 5068 | { |
| 5069 | if (*group_found) |
| 5070 | { |
| 5071 | /* |
| 5072 | * Finally, we are in the right group and can parse the line |
| 5073 | */ |
| 5074 | char *key, |
| 5075 | *val; |
| 5076 | bool found_keyword; |
| 5077 | |
| 5078 | #ifdef USE_LDAP |
| 5079 | if (strncmp(line, "ldap" , 4) == 0) |
| 5080 | { |
| 5081 | int rc = ldapServiceLookup(line, options, errorMessage); |
| 5082 | |
| 5083 | /* if rc = 2, go on reading for fallback */ |
| 5084 | switch (rc) |
| 5085 | { |
| 5086 | case 0: |
| 5087 | fclose(f); |
| 5088 | return 0; |
| 5089 | case 1: |
| 5090 | case 3: |
| 5091 | fclose(f); |
| 5092 | return 3; |
| 5093 | case 2: |
| 5094 | continue; |
| 5095 | } |
| 5096 | } |
| 5097 | #endif |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 | key = line; |
| 5100 | val = strchr(line, '='); |
| 5101 | if (val == NULL) |
| 5102 | { |
| 5103 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5104 | libpq_gettext("syntax error in service file \"%s\", line %d\n" ), |
| 5105 | serviceFile, |
| 5106 | linenr); |
| 5107 | fclose(f); |
| 5108 | return 3; |
| 5109 | } |
| 5110 | *val++ = '\0'; |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 | if (strcmp(key, "service" ) == 0) |
| 5113 | { |
| 5114 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5115 | libpq_gettext("nested service specifications not supported in service file \"%s\", line %d\n" ), |
| 5116 | serviceFile, |
| 5117 | linenr); |
| 5118 | fclose(f); |
| 5119 | return 3; |
| 5120 | } |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 | /* |
| 5123 | * Set the parameter --- but don't override any previous |
| 5124 | * explicit setting. |
| 5125 | */ |
| 5126 | found_keyword = false; |
| 5127 | for (i = 0; options[i].keyword; i++) |
| 5128 | { |
| 5129 | if (strcmp(options[i].keyword, key) == 0) |
| 5130 | { |
| 5131 | if (options[i].val == NULL) |
| 5132 | options[i].val = strdup(val); |
| 5133 | if (!options[i].val) |
| 5134 | { |
| 5135 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5136 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 5137 | fclose(f); |
| 5138 | return 3; |
| 5139 | } |
| 5140 | found_keyword = true; |
| 5141 | break; |
| 5142 | } |
| 5143 | } |
| 5144 | |
| 5145 | if (!found_keyword) |
| 5146 | { |
| 5147 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5148 | libpq_gettext("syntax error in service file \"%s\", line %d\n" ), |
| 5149 | serviceFile, |
| 5150 | linenr); |
| 5151 | fclose(f); |
| 5152 | return 3; |
| 5153 | } |
| 5154 | } |
| 5155 | } |
| 5156 | } |
| 5157 | |
| 5158 | fclose(f); |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | return 0; |
| 5161 | } |
| 5162 | |
| 5163 | |
| 5164 | /* |
| 5165 | * PQconninfoParse |
| 5166 | * |
| 5167 | * Parse a string like PQconnectdb() would do and return the |
| 5168 | * resulting connection options array. NULL is returned on failure. |
| 5169 | * The result contains only options specified directly in the string, |
| 5170 | * not any possible default values. |
| 5171 | * |
| 5172 | * If errmsg isn't NULL, *errmsg is set to NULL on success, or a malloc'd |
| 5173 | * string on failure (use PQfreemem to free it). In out-of-memory conditions |
| 5174 | * both *errmsg and the result could be NULL. |
| 5175 | * |
| 5176 | * NOTE: the returned array is dynamically allocated and should |
| 5177 | * be freed when no longer needed via PQconninfoFree(). |
| 5178 | */ |
| 5179 | PQconninfoOption * |
| 5180 | PQconninfoParse(const char *conninfo, char **errmsg) |
| 5181 | { |
| 5182 | PQExpBufferData errorBuf; |
| 5183 | PQconninfoOption *connOptions; |
| 5184 | |
| 5185 | if (errmsg) |
| 5186 | *errmsg = NULL; /* default */ |
| 5187 | initPQExpBuffer(&errorBuf); |
| 5188 | if (PQExpBufferDataBroken(errorBuf)) |
| 5189 | return NULL; /* out of memory already :-( */ |
| 5190 | connOptions = parse_connection_string(conninfo, &errorBuf, false); |
| 5191 | if (connOptions == NULL && errmsg) |
| 5192 | *errmsg = errorBuf.data; |
| 5193 | else |
| 5194 | termPQExpBuffer(&errorBuf); |
| 5195 | return connOptions; |
| 5196 | } |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 | /* |
| 5199 | * Build a working copy of the constant PQconninfoOptions array. |
| 5200 | */ |
| 5201 | static PQconninfoOption * |
| 5202 | conninfo_init(PQExpBuffer errorMessage) |
| 5203 | { |
| 5204 | PQconninfoOption *options; |
| 5205 | PQconninfoOption *opt_dest; |
| 5206 | const internalPQconninfoOption *cur_opt; |
| 5207 | |
| 5208 | /* |
| 5209 | * Get enough memory for all options in PQconninfoOptions, even if some |
| 5210 | * end up being filtered out. |
| 5211 | */ |
| 5212 | options = (PQconninfoOption *) malloc(sizeof(PQconninfoOption) * sizeof(PQconninfoOptions) / sizeof(PQconninfoOptions[0])); |
| 5213 | if (options == NULL) |
| 5214 | { |
| 5215 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5216 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 5217 | return NULL; |
| 5218 | } |
| 5219 | opt_dest = options; |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | for (cur_opt = PQconninfoOptions; cur_opt->keyword; cur_opt++) |
| 5222 | { |
| 5223 | /* Only copy the public part of the struct, not the full internal */ |
| 5224 | memcpy(opt_dest, cur_opt, sizeof(PQconninfoOption)); |
| 5225 | opt_dest++; |
| 5226 | } |
| 5227 | MemSet(opt_dest, 0, sizeof(PQconninfoOption)); |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | return options; |
| 5230 | } |
| 5231 | |
| 5232 | /* |
| 5233 | * Connection string parser |
| 5234 | * |
| 5235 | * Returns a malloc'd PQconninfoOption array, if parsing is successful. |
| 5236 | * Otherwise, NULL is returned and an error message is left in errorMessage. |
| 5237 | * |
| 5238 | * If use_defaults is true, default values are filled in (from a service file, |
| 5239 | * environment variables, etc). |
| 5240 | */ |
| 5241 | static PQconninfoOption * |
| 5242 | parse_connection_string(const char *connstr, PQExpBuffer errorMessage, |
| 5243 | bool use_defaults) |
| 5244 | { |
| 5245 | /* Parse as URI if connection string matches URI prefix */ |
| 5246 | if (uri_prefix_length(connstr) != 0) |
| 5247 | return conninfo_uri_parse(connstr, errorMessage, use_defaults); |
| 5248 | |
| 5249 | /* Parse as default otherwise */ |
| 5250 | return conninfo_parse(connstr, errorMessage, use_defaults); |
| 5251 | } |
| 5252 | |
| 5253 | /* |
| 5254 | * Checks if connection string starts with either of the valid URI prefix |
| 5255 | * designators. |
| 5256 | * |
| 5257 | * Returns the URI prefix length, 0 if the string doesn't contain a URI prefix. |
| 5258 | * |
| 5259 | * XXX this is duplicated in psql/common.c. |
| 5260 | */ |
| 5261 | static int |
| 5262 | uri_prefix_length(const char *connstr) |
| 5263 | { |
| 5264 | if (strncmp(connstr, uri_designator, |
| 5265 | sizeof(uri_designator) - 1) == 0) |
| 5266 | return sizeof(uri_designator) - 1; |
| 5267 | |
| 5268 | if (strncmp(connstr, short_uri_designator, |
| 5269 | sizeof(short_uri_designator) - 1) == 0) |
| 5270 | return sizeof(short_uri_designator) - 1; |
| 5271 | |
| 5272 | return 0; |
| 5273 | } |
| 5274 | |
| 5275 | /* |
| 5276 | * Recognized connection string either starts with a valid URI prefix or |
| 5277 | * contains a "=" in it. |
| 5278 | * |
| 5279 | * Must be consistent with parse_connection_string: anything for which this |
| 5280 | * returns true should at least look like it's parseable by that routine. |
| 5281 | * |
| 5282 | * XXX this is duplicated in psql/common.c |
| 5283 | */ |
| 5284 | static bool |
| 5285 | recognized_connection_string(const char *connstr) |
| 5286 | { |
| 5287 | return uri_prefix_length(connstr) != 0 || strchr(connstr, '=') != NULL; |
| 5288 | } |
| 5289 | |
| 5290 | /* |
| 5291 | * Subroutine for parse_connection_string |
| 5292 | * |
| 5293 | * Deal with a string containing key=value pairs. |
| 5294 | */ |
| 5295 | static PQconninfoOption * |
| 5296 | conninfo_parse(const char *conninfo, PQExpBuffer errorMessage, |
| 5297 | bool use_defaults) |
| 5298 | { |
| 5299 | char *pname; |
| 5300 | char *pval; |
| 5301 | char *buf; |
| 5302 | char *cp; |
| 5303 | char *cp2; |
| 5304 | PQconninfoOption *options; |
| 5305 | |
| 5306 | /* Make a working copy of PQconninfoOptions */ |
| 5307 | options = conninfo_init(errorMessage); |
| 5308 | if (options == NULL) |
| 5309 | return NULL; |
| 5310 | |
| 5311 | /* Need a modifiable copy of the input string */ |
| 5312 | if ((buf = strdup(conninfo)) == NULL) |
| 5313 | { |
| 5314 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5315 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 5316 | PQconninfoFree(options); |
| 5317 | return NULL; |
| 5318 | } |
| 5319 | cp = buf; |
| 5320 | |
| 5321 | while (*cp) |
| 5322 | { |
| 5323 | /* Skip blanks before the parameter name */ |
| 5324 | if (isspace((unsigned char) *cp)) |
| 5325 | { |
| 5326 | cp++; |
| 5327 | continue; |
| 5328 | } |
| 5329 | |
| 5330 | /* Get the parameter name */ |
| 5331 | pname = cp; |
| 5332 | while (*cp) |
| 5333 | { |
| 5334 | if (*cp == '=') |
| 5335 | break; |
| 5336 | if (isspace((unsigned char) *cp)) |
| 5337 | { |
| 5338 | *cp++ = '\0'; |
| 5339 | while (*cp) |
| 5340 | { |
| 5341 | if (!isspace((unsigned char) *cp)) |
| 5342 | break; |
| 5343 | cp++; |
| 5344 | } |
| 5345 | break; |
| 5346 | } |
| 5347 | cp++; |
| 5348 | } |
| 5349 | |
| 5350 | /* Check that there is a following '=' */ |
| 5351 | if (*cp != '=') |
| 5352 | { |
| 5353 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5354 | libpq_gettext("missing \"=\" after \"%s\" in connection info string\n" ), |
| 5355 | pname); |
| 5356 | PQconninfoFree(options); |
| 5357 | free(buf); |
| 5358 | return NULL; |
| 5359 | } |
| 5360 | *cp++ = '\0'; |
| 5361 | |
| 5362 | /* Skip blanks after the '=' */ |
| 5363 | while (*cp) |
| 5364 | { |
| 5365 | if (!isspace((unsigned char) *cp)) |
| 5366 | break; |
| 5367 | cp++; |
| 5368 | } |
| 5369 | |
| 5370 | /* Get the parameter value */ |
| 5371 | pval = cp; |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | if (*cp != '\'') |
| 5374 | { |
| 5375 | cp2 = pval; |
| 5376 | while (*cp) |
| 5377 | { |
| 5378 | if (isspace((unsigned char) *cp)) |
| 5379 | { |
| 5380 | *cp++ = '\0'; |
| 5381 | break; |
| 5382 | } |
| 5383 | if (*cp == '\\') |
| 5384 | { |
| 5385 | cp++; |
| 5386 | if (*cp != '\0') |
| 5387 | *cp2++ = *cp++; |
| 5388 | } |
| 5389 | else |
| 5390 | *cp2++ = *cp++; |
| 5391 | } |
| 5392 | *cp2 = '\0'; |
| 5393 | } |
| 5394 | else |
| 5395 | { |
| 5396 | cp2 = pval; |
| 5397 | cp++; |
| 5398 | for (;;) |
| 5399 | { |
| 5400 | if (*cp == '\0') |
| 5401 | { |
| 5402 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5403 | libpq_gettext("unterminated quoted string in connection info string\n" )); |
| 5404 | PQconninfoFree(options); |
| 5405 | free(buf); |
| 5406 | return NULL; |
| 5407 | } |
| 5408 | if (*cp == '\\') |
| 5409 | { |
| 5410 | cp++; |
| 5411 | if (*cp != '\0') |
| 5412 | *cp2++ = *cp++; |
| 5413 | continue; |
| 5414 | } |
| 5415 | if (*cp == '\'') |
| 5416 | { |
| 5417 | *cp2 = '\0'; |
| 5418 | cp++; |
| 5419 | break; |
| 5420 | } |
| 5421 | *cp2++ = *cp++; |
| 5422 | } |
| 5423 | } |
| 5424 | |
| 5425 | /* |
| 5426 | * Now that we have the name and the value, store the record. |
| 5427 | */ |
| 5428 | if (!conninfo_storeval(options, pname, pval, errorMessage, false, false)) |
| 5429 | { |
| 5430 | PQconninfoFree(options); |
| 5431 | free(buf); |
| 5432 | return NULL; |
| 5433 | } |
| 5434 | } |
| 5435 | |
| 5436 | /* Done with the modifiable input string */ |
| 5437 | free(buf); |
| 5438 | |
| 5439 | /* |
| 5440 | * Add in defaults if the caller wants that. |
| 5441 | */ |
| 5442 | if (use_defaults) |
| 5443 | { |
| 5444 | if (!conninfo_add_defaults(options, errorMessage)) |
| 5445 | { |
| 5446 | PQconninfoFree(options); |
| 5447 | return NULL; |
| 5448 | } |
| 5449 | } |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | return options; |
| 5452 | } |
| 5453 | |
| 5454 | /* |
| 5455 | * Conninfo array parser routine |
| 5456 | * |
| 5457 | * If successful, a malloc'd PQconninfoOption array is returned. |
| 5458 | * If not successful, NULL is returned and an error message is |
| 5459 | * left in errorMessage. |
| 5460 | * Defaults are supplied (from a service file, environment variables, etc) |
| 5461 | * for unspecified options, but only if use_defaults is true. |
| 5462 | * |
| 5463 | * If expand_dbname is non-zero, and the value passed for the first occurrence |
| 5464 | * of "dbname" keyword is a connection string (as indicated by |
| 5465 | * recognized_connection_string) then parse and process it, overriding any |
| 5466 | * previously processed conflicting keywords. Subsequent keywords will take |
| 5467 | * precedence, however. In-tree programs generally specify expand_dbname=true, |
| 5468 | * so command-line arguments naming a database can use a connection string. |
| 5469 | * Some code acquires arbitrary database names from known-literal sources like |
| 5470 | * PQdb(), PQconninfoParse() and pg_database.datname. When connecting to such |
| 5471 | * a database, in-tree code first wraps the name in a connection string. |
| 5472 | */ |
| 5473 | static PQconninfoOption * |
| 5474 | conninfo_array_parse(const char *const *keywords, const char *const *values, |
| 5475 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage, bool use_defaults, |
| 5476 | int expand_dbname) |
| 5477 | { |
| 5478 | PQconninfoOption *options; |
| 5479 | PQconninfoOption *dbname_options = NULL; |
| 5480 | PQconninfoOption *option; |
| 5481 | int i = 0; |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 | /* |
| 5484 | * If expand_dbname is non-zero, check keyword "dbname" to see if val is |
| 5485 | * actually a recognized connection string. |
| 5486 | */ |
| 5487 | while (expand_dbname && keywords[i]) |
| 5488 | { |
| 5489 | const char *pname = keywords[i]; |
| 5490 | const char *pvalue = values[i]; |
| 5491 | |
| 5492 | /* first find "dbname" if any */ |
| 5493 | if (strcmp(pname, "dbname" ) == 0 && pvalue) |
| 5494 | { |
| 5495 | /* |
| 5496 | * If value is a connection string, parse it, but do not use |
| 5497 | * defaults here -- those get picked up later. We only want to |
| 5498 | * override for those parameters actually passed. |
| 5499 | */ |
| 5500 | if (recognized_connection_string(pvalue)) |
| 5501 | { |
| 5502 | dbname_options = parse_connection_string(pvalue, errorMessage, false); |
| 5503 | if (dbname_options == NULL) |
| 5504 | return NULL; |
| 5505 | } |
| 5506 | break; |
| 5507 | } |
| 5508 | ++i; |
| 5509 | } |
| 5510 | |
| 5511 | /* Make a working copy of PQconninfoOptions */ |
| 5512 | options = conninfo_init(errorMessage); |
| 5513 | if (options == NULL) |
| 5514 | { |
| 5515 | PQconninfoFree(dbname_options); |
| 5516 | return NULL; |
| 5517 | } |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 | /* Parse the keywords/values arrays */ |
| 5520 | i = 0; |
| 5521 | while (keywords[i]) |
| 5522 | { |
| 5523 | const char *pname = keywords[i]; |
| 5524 | const char *pvalue = values[i]; |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 | if (pvalue != NULL && pvalue[0] != '\0') |
| 5527 | { |
| 5528 | /* Search for the param record */ |
| 5529 | for (option = options; option->keyword != NULL; option++) |
| 5530 | { |
| 5531 | if (strcmp(option->keyword, pname) == 0) |
| 5532 | break; |
| 5533 | } |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 | /* Check for invalid connection option */ |
| 5536 | if (option->keyword == NULL) |
| 5537 | { |
| 5538 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5539 | libpq_gettext("invalid connection option \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 5540 | pname); |
| 5541 | PQconninfoFree(options); |
| 5542 | PQconninfoFree(dbname_options); |
| 5543 | return NULL; |
| 5544 | } |
| 5545 | |
| 5546 | /* |
| 5547 | * If we are on the first dbname parameter, and we have a parsed |
| 5548 | * connection string, copy those parameters across, overriding any |
| 5549 | * existing previous settings. |
| 5550 | */ |
| 5551 | if (strcmp(pname, "dbname" ) == 0 && dbname_options) |
| 5552 | { |
| 5553 | PQconninfoOption *str_option; |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 | for (str_option = dbname_options; str_option->keyword != NULL; str_option++) |
| 5556 | { |
| 5557 | if (str_option->val != NULL) |
| 5558 | { |
| 5559 | int k; |
| 5560 | |
| 5561 | for (k = 0; options[k].keyword; k++) |
| 5562 | { |
| 5563 | if (strcmp(options[k].keyword, str_option->keyword) == 0) |
| 5564 | { |
| 5565 | if (options[k].val) |
| 5566 | free(options[k].val); |
| 5567 | options[k].val = strdup(str_option->val); |
| 5568 | if (!options[k].val) |
| 5569 | { |
| 5570 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5571 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 5572 | PQconninfoFree(options); |
| 5573 | PQconninfoFree(dbname_options); |
| 5574 | return NULL; |
| 5575 | } |
| 5576 | break; |
| 5577 | } |
| 5578 | } |
| 5579 | } |
| 5580 | } |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 | /* |
| 5583 | * Forget the parsed connection string, so that any subsequent |
| 5584 | * dbname parameters will not be expanded. |
| 5585 | */ |
| 5586 | PQconninfoFree(dbname_options); |
| 5587 | dbname_options = NULL; |
| 5588 | } |
| 5589 | else |
| 5590 | { |
| 5591 | /* |
| 5592 | * Store the value, overriding previous settings |
| 5593 | */ |
| 5594 | if (option->val) |
| 5595 | free(option->val); |
| 5596 | option->val = strdup(pvalue); |
| 5597 | if (!option->val) |
| 5598 | { |
| 5599 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5600 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 5601 | PQconninfoFree(options); |
| 5602 | PQconninfoFree(dbname_options); |
| 5603 | return NULL; |
| 5604 | } |
| 5605 | } |
| 5606 | } |
| 5607 | ++i; |
| 5608 | } |
| 5609 | PQconninfoFree(dbname_options); |
| 5610 | |
| 5611 | /* |
| 5612 | * Add in defaults if the caller wants that. |
| 5613 | */ |
| 5614 | if (use_defaults) |
| 5615 | { |
| 5616 | if (!conninfo_add_defaults(options, errorMessage)) |
| 5617 | { |
| 5618 | PQconninfoFree(options); |
| 5619 | return NULL; |
| 5620 | } |
| 5621 | } |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 | return options; |
| 5624 | } |
| 5625 | |
| 5626 | /* |
| 5627 | * Add the default values for any unspecified options to the connection |
| 5628 | * options array. |
| 5629 | * |
| 5630 | * Defaults are obtained from a service file, environment variables, etc. |
| 5631 | * |
| 5632 | * Returns true if successful, otherwise false; errorMessage, if supplied, |
| 5633 | * is filled in upon failure. Note that failure to locate a default value |
| 5634 | * is not an error condition here --- we just leave the option's value as |
| 5635 | * NULL. |
| 5636 | */ |
| 5637 | static bool |
| 5638 | conninfo_add_defaults(PQconninfoOption *options, PQExpBuffer errorMessage) |
| 5639 | { |
| 5640 | PQconninfoOption *option; |
| 5641 | char *tmp; |
| 5642 | |
| 5643 | /* |
| 5644 | * If there's a service spec, use it to obtain any not-explicitly-given |
| 5645 | * parameters. Ignore error if no error message buffer is passed because |
| 5646 | * there is no way to pass back the failure message. |
| 5647 | */ |
| 5648 | if (parseServiceInfo(options, errorMessage) != 0 && errorMessage) |
| 5649 | return false; |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | /* |
| 5652 | * Get the fallback resources for parameters not specified in the conninfo |
| 5653 | * string nor the service. |
| 5654 | */ |
| 5655 | for (option = options; option->keyword != NULL; option++) |
| 5656 | { |
| 5657 | if (option->val != NULL) |
| 5658 | continue; /* Value was in conninfo or service */ |
| 5659 | |
| 5660 | /* |
| 5661 | * Try to get the environment variable fallback |
| 5662 | */ |
| 5663 | if (option->envvar != NULL) |
| 5664 | { |
| 5665 | if ((tmp = getenv(option->envvar)) != NULL) |
| 5666 | { |
| 5667 | option->val = strdup(tmp); |
| 5668 | if (!option->val) |
| 5669 | { |
| 5670 | if (errorMessage) |
| 5671 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5672 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 5673 | return false; |
| 5674 | } |
| 5675 | continue; |
| 5676 | } |
| 5677 | } |
| 5678 | |
| 5679 | /* |
| 5680 | * Interpret the deprecated PGREQUIRESSL environment variable. Per |
| 5681 | * tradition, translate values starting with "1" to sslmode=require, |
| 5682 | * and ignore other values. Given both PGREQUIRESSL=1 and PGSSLMODE, |
| 5683 | * PGSSLMODE takes precedence; the opposite was true before v9.3. |
| 5684 | */ |
| 5685 | if (strcmp(option->keyword, "sslmode" ) == 0) |
| 5686 | { |
| 5687 | const char *requiresslenv = getenv("PGREQUIRESSL" ); |
| 5688 | |
| 5689 | if (requiresslenv != NULL && requiresslenv[0] == '1') |
| 5690 | { |
| 5691 | option->val = strdup("require" ); |
| 5692 | if (!option->val) |
| 5693 | { |
| 5694 | if (errorMessage) |
| 5695 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5696 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 5697 | return false; |
| 5698 | } |
| 5699 | continue; |
| 5700 | } |
| 5701 | } |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | /* |
| 5704 | * No environment variable specified or the variable isn't set - try |
| 5705 | * compiled-in default |
| 5706 | */ |
| 5707 | if (option->compiled != NULL) |
| 5708 | { |
| 5709 | option->val = strdup(option->compiled); |
| 5710 | if (!option->val) |
| 5711 | { |
| 5712 | if (errorMessage) |
| 5713 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5714 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 5715 | return false; |
| 5716 | } |
| 5717 | continue; |
| 5718 | } |
| 5719 | |
| 5720 | /* |
| 5721 | * Special handling for "user" option. Note that if pg_fe_getauthname |
| 5722 | * fails, we just leave the value as NULL; there's no need for this to |
| 5723 | * be an error condition if the caller provides a user name. The only |
| 5724 | * reason we do this now at all is so that callers of PQconndefaults |
| 5725 | * will see a correct default (barring error, of course). |
| 5726 | */ |
| 5727 | if (strcmp(option->keyword, "user" ) == 0) |
| 5728 | { |
| 5729 | option->val = pg_fe_getauthname(NULL); |
| 5730 | continue; |
| 5731 | } |
| 5732 | } |
| 5733 | |
| 5734 | return true; |
| 5735 | } |
| 5736 | |
| 5737 | /* |
| 5738 | * Subroutine for parse_connection_string |
| 5739 | * |
| 5740 | * Deal with a URI connection string. |
| 5741 | */ |
| 5742 | static PQconninfoOption * |
| 5743 | conninfo_uri_parse(const char *uri, PQExpBuffer errorMessage, |
| 5744 | bool use_defaults) |
| 5745 | { |
| 5746 | PQconninfoOption *options; |
| 5747 | |
| 5748 | /* Make a working copy of PQconninfoOptions */ |
| 5749 | options = conninfo_init(errorMessage); |
| 5750 | if (options == NULL) |
| 5751 | return NULL; |
| 5752 | |
| 5753 | if (!conninfo_uri_parse_options(options, uri, errorMessage)) |
| 5754 | { |
| 5755 | PQconninfoFree(options); |
| 5756 | return NULL; |
| 5757 | } |
| 5758 | |
| 5759 | /* |
| 5760 | * Add in defaults if the caller wants that. |
| 5761 | */ |
| 5762 | if (use_defaults) |
| 5763 | { |
| 5764 | if (!conninfo_add_defaults(options, errorMessage)) |
| 5765 | { |
| 5766 | PQconninfoFree(options); |
| 5767 | return NULL; |
| 5768 | } |
| 5769 | } |
| 5770 | |
| 5771 | return options; |
| 5772 | } |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 | /* |
| 5775 | * conninfo_uri_parse_options |
| 5776 | * Actual URI parser. |
| 5777 | * |
| 5778 | * If successful, returns true while the options array is filled with parsed |
| 5779 | * options from the URI. |
| 5780 | * If not successful, returns false and fills errorMessage accordingly. |
| 5781 | * |
| 5782 | * Parses the connection URI string in 'uri' according to the URI syntax (RFC |
| 5783 | * 3986): |
| 5784 | * |
| 5785 | * postgresql://[user[:password]@][netloc][:port][/dbname][?param1=value1&...] |
| 5786 | * |
| 5787 | * where "netloc" is a hostname, an IPv4 address, or an IPv6 address surrounded |
| 5788 | * by literal square brackets. As an extension, we also allow multiple |
| 5789 | * netloc[:port] specifications, separated by commas: |
| 5790 | * |
| 5791 | * postgresql://[user[:password]@][netloc][:port][,...][/dbname][?param1=value1&...] |
| 5792 | * |
| 5793 | * Any of the URI parts might use percent-encoding (%xy). |
| 5794 | */ |
| 5795 | static bool |
| 5796 | conninfo_uri_parse_options(PQconninfoOption *options, const char *uri, |
| 5797 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage) |
| 5798 | { |
| 5799 | int prefix_len; |
| 5800 | char *p; |
| 5801 | char *buf = NULL; |
| 5802 | char *start; |
| 5803 | char prevchar = '\0'; |
| 5804 | char *user = NULL; |
| 5805 | char *host = NULL; |
| 5806 | bool retval = false; |
| 5807 | PQExpBufferData hostbuf; |
| 5808 | PQExpBufferData portbuf; |
| 5809 | |
| 5810 | initPQExpBuffer(&hostbuf); |
| 5811 | initPQExpBuffer(&portbuf); |
| 5812 | if (PQExpBufferDataBroken(hostbuf) || PQExpBufferDataBroken(portbuf)) |
| 5813 | { |
| 5814 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5815 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 5816 | goto cleanup; |
| 5817 | } |
| 5818 | |
| 5819 | /* need a modifiable copy of the input URI */ |
| 5820 | buf = strdup(uri); |
| 5821 | if (buf == NULL) |
| 5822 | { |
| 5823 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5824 | libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 5825 | goto cleanup; |
| 5826 | } |
| 5827 | start = buf; |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 | /* Skip the URI prefix */ |
| 5830 | prefix_len = uri_prefix_length(uri); |
| 5831 | if (prefix_len == 0) |
| 5832 | { |
| 5833 | /* Should never happen */ |
| 5834 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5835 | libpq_gettext("invalid URI propagated to internal parser routine: \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 5836 | uri); |
| 5837 | goto cleanup; |
| 5838 | } |
| 5839 | start += prefix_len; |
| 5840 | p = start; |
| 5841 | |
| 5842 | /* Look ahead for possible user credentials designator */ |
| 5843 | while (*p && *p != '@' && *p != '/') |
| 5844 | ++p; |
| 5845 | if (*p == '@') |
| 5846 | { |
| 5847 | /* |
| 5848 | * Found username/password designator, so URI should be of the form |
| 5849 | * "scheme://user[:password]@[netloc]". |
| 5850 | */ |
| 5851 | user = start; |
| 5852 | |
| 5853 | p = user; |
| 5854 | while (*p != ':' && *p != '@') |
| 5855 | ++p; |
| 5856 | |
| 5857 | /* Save last char and cut off at end of user name */ |
| 5858 | prevchar = *p; |
| 5859 | *p = '\0'; |
| 5860 | |
| 5861 | if (*user && |
| 5862 | !conninfo_storeval(options, "user" , user, |
| 5863 | errorMessage, false, true)) |
| 5864 | goto cleanup; |
| 5865 | |
| 5866 | if (prevchar == ':') |
| 5867 | { |
| 5868 | const char *password = p + 1; |
| 5869 | |
| 5870 | while (*p != '@') |
| 5871 | ++p; |
| 5872 | *p = '\0'; |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 | if (*password && |
| 5875 | !conninfo_storeval(options, "password" , password, |
| 5876 | errorMessage, false, true)) |
| 5877 | goto cleanup; |
| 5878 | } |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 | /* Advance past end of parsed user name or password token */ |
| 5881 | ++p; |
| 5882 | } |
| 5883 | else |
| 5884 | { |
| 5885 | /* |
| 5886 | * No username/password designator found. Reset to start of URI. |
| 5887 | */ |
| 5888 | p = start; |
| 5889 | } |
| 5890 | |
| 5891 | /* |
| 5892 | * There may be multiple netloc[:port] pairs, each separated from the next |
| 5893 | * by a comma. When we initially enter this loop, "p" has been |
| 5894 | * incremented past optional URI credential information at this point and |
| 5895 | * now points at the "netloc" part of the URI. On subsequent loop |
| 5896 | * iterations, "p" has been incremented past the comma separator and now |
| 5897 | * points at the start of the next "netloc". |
| 5898 | */ |
| 5899 | for (;;) |
| 5900 | { |
| 5901 | /* |
| 5902 | * Look for IPv6 address. |
| 5903 | */ |
| 5904 | if (*p == '[') |
| 5905 | { |
| 5906 | host = ++p; |
| 5907 | while (*p && *p != ']') |
| 5908 | ++p; |
| 5909 | if (!*p) |
| 5910 | { |
| 5911 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5912 | libpq_gettext("end of string reached when looking for matching \"]\" in IPv6 host address in URI: \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 5913 | uri); |
| 5914 | goto cleanup; |
| 5915 | } |
| 5916 | if (p == host) |
| 5917 | { |
| 5918 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5919 | libpq_gettext("IPv6 host address may not be empty in URI: \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 5920 | uri); |
| 5921 | goto cleanup; |
| 5922 | } |
| 5923 | |
| 5924 | /* Cut off the bracket and advance */ |
| 5925 | *(p++) = '\0'; |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | /* |
| 5928 | * The address may be followed by a port specifier or a slash or a |
| 5929 | * query or a separator comma. |
| 5930 | */ |
| 5931 | if (*p && *p != ':' && *p != '/' && *p != '?' && *p != ',') |
| 5932 | { |
| 5933 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 5934 | libpq_gettext("unexpected character \"%c\" at position %d in URI (expected \":\" or \"/\"): \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 5935 | *p, (int) (p - buf + 1), uri); |
| 5936 | goto cleanup; |
| 5937 | } |
| 5938 | } |
| 5939 | else |
| 5940 | { |
| 5941 | /* not an IPv6 address: DNS-named or IPv4 netloc */ |
| 5942 | host = p; |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 | /* |
| 5945 | * Look for port specifier (colon) or end of host specifier |
| 5946 | * (slash) or query (question mark) or host separator (comma). |
| 5947 | */ |
| 5948 | while (*p && *p != ':' && *p != '/' && *p != '?' && *p != ',') |
| 5949 | ++p; |
| 5950 | } |
| 5951 | |
| 5952 | /* Save the hostname terminator before we null it */ |
| 5953 | prevchar = *p; |
| 5954 | *p = '\0'; |
| 5955 | |
| 5956 | appendPQExpBufferStr(&hostbuf, host); |
| 5957 | |
| 5958 | if (prevchar == ':') |
| 5959 | { |
| 5960 | const char *port = ++p; /* advance past host terminator */ |
| 5961 | |
| 5962 | while (*p && *p != '/' && *p != '?' && *p != ',') |
| 5963 | ++p; |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 | prevchar = *p; |
| 5966 | *p = '\0'; |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 | appendPQExpBufferStr(&portbuf, port); |
| 5969 | } |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 | if (prevchar != ',') |
| 5972 | break; |
| 5973 | ++p; /* advance past comma separator */ |
| 5974 | appendPQExpBufferChar(&hostbuf, ','); |
| 5975 | appendPQExpBufferChar(&portbuf, ','); |
| 5976 | } |
| 5977 | |
| 5978 | /* Save final values for host and port. */ |
| 5979 | if (PQExpBufferDataBroken(hostbuf) || PQExpBufferDataBroken(portbuf)) |
| 5980 | goto cleanup; |
| 5981 | if (hostbuf.data[0] && |
| 5982 | !conninfo_storeval(options, "host" , hostbuf.data, |
| 5983 | errorMessage, false, true)) |
| 5984 | goto cleanup; |
| 5985 | if (portbuf.data[0] && |
| 5986 | !conninfo_storeval(options, "port" , portbuf.data, |
| 5987 | errorMessage, false, true)) |
| 5988 | goto cleanup; |
| 5989 | |
| 5990 | if (prevchar && prevchar != '?') |
| 5991 | { |
| 5992 | const char *dbname = ++p; /* advance past host terminator */ |
| 5993 | |
| 5994 | /* Look for query parameters */ |
| 5995 | while (*p && *p != '?') |
| 5996 | ++p; |
| 5997 | |
| 5998 | prevchar = *p; |
| 5999 | *p = '\0'; |
| 6000 | |
| 6001 | /* |
| 6002 | * Avoid setting dbname to an empty string, as it forces the default |
| 6003 | * value (username) and ignores $PGDATABASE, as opposed to not setting |
| 6004 | * it at all. |
| 6005 | */ |
| 6006 | if (*dbname && |
| 6007 | !conninfo_storeval(options, "dbname" , dbname, |
| 6008 | errorMessage, false, true)) |
| 6009 | goto cleanup; |
| 6010 | } |
| 6011 | |
| 6012 | if (prevchar) |
| 6013 | { |
| 6014 | ++p; /* advance past terminator */ |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 | if (!conninfo_uri_parse_params(p, options, errorMessage)) |
| 6017 | goto cleanup; |
| 6018 | } |
| 6019 | |
| 6020 | /* everything parsed okay */ |
| 6021 | retval = true; |
| 6022 | |
| 6023 | cleanup: |
| 6024 | termPQExpBuffer(&hostbuf); |
| 6025 | termPQExpBuffer(&portbuf); |
| 6026 | if (buf) |
| 6027 | free(buf); |
| 6028 | return retval; |
| 6029 | } |
| 6030 | |
| 6031 | /* |
| 6032 | * Connection URI parameters parser routine |
| 6033 | * |
| 6034 | * If successful, returns true while connOptions is filled with parsed |
| 6035 | * parameters. Otherwise, returns false and fills errorMessage appropriately. |
| 6036 | * |
| 6037 | * Destructively modifies 'params' buffer. |
| 6038 | */ |
| 6039 | static bool |
| 6040 | conninfo_uri_parse_params(char *params, |
| 6041 | PQconninfoOption *connOptions, |
| 6042 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage) |
| 6043 | { |
| 6044 | while (*params) |
| 6045 | { |
| 6046 | char *keyword = params; |
| 6047 | char *value = NULL; |
| 6048 | char *p = params; |
| 6049 | bool malloced = false; |
| 6050 | |
| 6051 | /* |
| 6052 | * Scan the params string for '=' and '&', marking the end of keyword |
| 6053 | * and value respectively. |
| 6054 | */ |
| 6055 | for (;;) |
| 6056 | { |
| 6057 | if (*p == '=') |
| 6058 | { |
| 6059 | /* Was there '=' already? */ |
| 6060 | if (value != NULL) |
| 6061 | { |
| 6062 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 6063 | libpq_gettext("extra key/value separator \"=\" in URI query parameter: \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 6064 | keyword); |
| 6065 | return false; |
| 6066 | } |
| 6067 | /* Cut off keyword, advance to value */ |
| 6068 | *p++ = '\0'; |
| 6069 | value = p; |
| 6070 | } |
| 6071 | else if (*p == '&' || *p == '\0') |
| 6072 | { |
| 6073 | /* |
| 6074 | * If not at the end, cut off value and advance; leave p |
| 6075 | * pointing to start of the next parameter, if any. |
| 6076 | */ |
| 6077 | if (*p != '\0') |
| 6078 | *p++ = '\0'; |
| 6079 | /* Was there '=' at all? */ |
| 6080 | if (value == NULL) |
| 6081 | { |
| 6082 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 6083 | libpq_gettext("missing key/value separator \"=\" in URI query parameter: \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 6084 | keyword); |
| 6085 | return false; |
| 6086 | } |
| 6087 | /* Got keyword and value, go process them. */ |
| 6088 | break; |
| 6089 | } |
| 6090 | else |
| 6091 | ++p; /* Advance over all other bytes. */ |
| 6092 | } |
| 6093 | |
| 6094 | keyword = conninfo_uri_decode(keyword, errorMessage); |
| 6095 | if (keyword == NULL) |
| 6096 | { |
| 6097 | /* conninfo_uri_decode already set an error message */ |
| 6098 | return false; |
| 6099 | } |
| 6100 | value = conninfo_uri_decode(value, errorMessage); |
| 6101 | if (value == NULL) |
| 6102 | { |
| 6103 | /* conninfo_uri_decode already set an error message */ |
| 6104 | free(keyword); |
| 6105 | return false; |
| 6106 | } |
| 6107 | malloced = true; |
| 6108 | |
| 6109 | /* |
| 6110 | * Special keyword handling for improved JDBC compatibility. |
| 6111 | */ |
| 6112 | if (strcmp(keyword, "ssl" ) == 0 && |
| 6113 | strcmp(value, "true" ) == 0) |
| 6114 | { |
| 6115 | free(keyword); |
| 6116 | free(value); |
| 6117 | malloced = false; |
| 6118 | |
| 6119 | keyword = "sslmode" ; |
| 6120 | value = "require" ; |
| 6121 | } |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 | /* |
| 6124 | * Store the value if the corresponding option exists; ignore |
| 6125 | * otherwise. At this point both keyword and value are not |
| 6126 | * URI-encoded. |
| 6127 | */ |
| 6128 | if (!conninfo_storeval(connOptions, keyword, value, |
| 6129 | errorMessage, true, false)) |
| 6130 | { |
| 6131 | /* Insert generic message if conninfo_storeval didn't give one. */ |
| 6132 | if (errorMessage->len == 0) |
| 6133 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 6134 | libpq_gettext("invalid URI query parameter: \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 6135 | keyword); |
| 6136 | /* And fail. */ |
| 6137 | if (malloced) |
| 6138 | { |
| 6139 | free(keyword); |
| 6140 | free(value); |
| 6141 | } |
| 6142 | return false; |
| 6143 | } |
| 6144 | |
| 6145 | if (malloced) |
| 6146 | { |
| 6147 | free(keyword); |
| 6148 | free(value); |
| 6149 | } |
| 6150 | |
| 6151 | /* Proceed to next key=value pair, if any */ |
| 6152 | params = p; |
| 6153 | } |
| 6154 | |
| 6155 | return true; |
| 6156 | } |
| 6157 | |
| 6158 | /* |
| 6159 | * Connection URI decoder routine |
| 6160 | * |
| 6161 | * If successful, returns the malloc'd decoded string. |
| 6162 | * If not successful, returns NULL and fills errorMessage accordingly. |
| 6163 | * |
| 6164 | * The string is decoded by replacing any percent-encoded tokens with |
| 6165 | * corresponding characters, while preserving any non-encoded characters. A |
| 6166 | * percent-encoded token is a character triplet: a percent sign, followed by a |
| 6167 | * pair of hexadecimal digits (0-9A-F), where lower- and upper-case letters are |
| 6168 | * treated identically. |
| 6169 | */ |
| 6170 | static char * |
| 6171 | conninfo_uri_decode(const char *str, PQExpBuffer errorMessage) |
| 6172 | { |
| 6173 | char *buf; |
| 6174 | char *p; |
| 6175 | const char *q = str; |
| 6176 | |
| 6177 | buf = malloc(strlen(str) + 1); |
| 6178 | if (buf == NULL) |
| 6179 | { |
| 6180 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 6181 | return NULL; |
| 6182 | } |
| 6183 | p = buf; |
| 6184 | |
| 6185 | for (;;) |
| 6186 | { |
| 6187 | if (*q != '%') |
| 6188 | { |
| 6189 | /* copy and check for NUL terminator */ |
| 6190 | if (!(*(p++) = *(q++))) |
| 6191 | break; |
| 6192 | } |
| 6193 | else |
| 6194 | { |
| 6195 | int hi; |
| 6196 | int lo; |
| 6197 | int c; |
| 6198 | |
| 6199 | ++q; /* skip the percent sign itself */ |
| 6200 | |
| 6201 | /* |
| 6202 | * Possible EOL will be caught by the first call to |
| 6203 | * get_hexdigit(), so we never dereference an invalid q pointer. |
| 6204 | */ |
| 6205 | if (!(get_hexdigit(*q++, &hi) && get_hexdigit(*q++, &lo))) |
| 6206 | { |
| 6207 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 6208 | libpq_gettext("invalid percent-encoded token: \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 6209 | str); |
| 6210 | free(buf); |
| 6211 | return NULL; |
| 6212 | } |
| 6213 | |
| 6214 | c = (hi << 4) | lo; |
| 6215 | if (c == 0) |
| 6216 | { |
| 6217 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 6218 | libpq_gettext("forbidden value %%00 in percent-encoded value: \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 6219 | str); |
| 6220 | free(buf); |
| 6221 | return NULL; |
| 6222 | } |
| 6223 | *(p++) = c; |
| 6224 | } |
| 6225 | } |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | return buf; |
| 6228 | } |
| 6229 | |
| 6230 | /* |
| 6231 | * Convert hexadecimal digit character to its integer value. |
| 6232 | * |
| 6233 | * If successful, returns true and value is filled with digit's base 16 value. |
| 6234 | * If not successful, returns false. |
| 6235 | * |
| 6236 | * Lower- and upper-case letters in the range A-F are treated identically. |
| 6237 | */ |
| 6238 | static bool |
| 6239 | get_hexdigit(char digit, int *value) |
| 6240 | { |
| 6241 | if ('0' <= digit && digit <= '9') |
| 6242 | *value = digit - '0'; |
| 6243 | else if ('A' <= digit && digit <= 'F') |
| 6244 | *value = digit - 'A' + 10; |
| 6245 | else if ('a' <= digit && digit <= 'f') |
| 6246 | *value = digit - 'a' + 10; |
| 6247 | else |
| 6248 | return false; |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 | return true; |
| 6251 | } |
| 6252 | |
| 6253 | /* |
| 6254 | * Find an option value corresponding to the keyword in the connOptions array. |
| 6255 | * |
| 6256 | * If successful, returns a pointer to the corresponding option's value. |
| 6257 | * If not successful, returns NULL. |
| 6258 | */ |
| 6259 | static const char * |
| 6260 | conninfo_getval(PQconninfoOption *connOptions, |
| 6261 | const char *keyword) |
| 6262 | { |
| 6263 | PQconninfoOption *option; |
| 6264 | |
| 6265 | option = conninfo_find(connOptions, keyword); |
| 6266 | |
| 6267 | return option ? option->val : NULL; |
| 6268 | } |
| 6269 | |
| 6270 | /* |
| 6271 | * Store a (new) value for an option corresponding to the keyword in |
| 6272 | * connOptions array. |
| 6273 | * |
| 6274 | * If uri_decode is true, the value is URI-decoded. The keyword is always |
| 6275 | * assumed to be non URI-encoded. |
| 6276 | * |
| 6277 | * If successful, returns a pointer to the corresponding PQconninfoOption, |
| 6278 | * which value is replaced with a strdup'd copy of the passed value string. |
| 6279 | * The existing value for the option is free'd before replacing, if any. |
| 6280 | * |
| 6281 | * If not successful, returns NULL and fills errorMessage accordingly. |
| 6282 | * However, if the reason of failure is an invalid keyword being passed and |
| 6283 | * ignoreMissing is true, errorMessage will be left untouched. |
| 6284 | */ |
| 6285 | static PQconninfoOption * |
| 6286 | conninfo_storeval(PQconninfoOption *connOptions, |
| 6287 | const char *keyword, const char *value, |
| 6288 | PQExpBuffer errorMessage, bool ignoreMissing, |
| 6289 | bool uri_decode) |
| 6290 | { |
| 6291 | PQconninfoOption *option; |
| 6292 | char *value_copy; |
| 6293 | |
| 6294 | /* |
| 6295 | * For backwards compatibility, requiressl=1 gets translated to |
| 6296 | * sslmode=require, and requiressl=0 gets translated to sslmode=prefer |
| 6297 | * (which is the default for sslmode). |
| 6298 | */ |
| 6299 | if (strcmp(keyword, "requiressl" ) == 0) |
| 6300 | { |
| 6301 | keyword = "sslmode" ; |
| 6302 | if (value[0] == '1') |
| 6303 | value = "require" ; |
| 6304 | else |
| 6305 | value = "prefer" ; |
| 6306 | } |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 | option = conninfo_find(connOptions, keyword); |
| 6309 | if (option == NULL) |
| 6310 | { |
| 6311 | if (!ignoreMissing) |
| 6312 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, |
| 6313 | libpq_gettext("invalid connection option \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 6314 | keyword); |
| 6315 | return NULL; |
| 6316 | } |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 | if (uri_decode) |
| 6319 | { |
| 6320 | value_copy = conninfo_uri_decode(value, errorMessage); |
| 6321 | if (value_copy == NULL) |
| 6322 | /* conninfo_uri_decode already set an error message */ |
| 6323 | return NULL; |
| 6324 | } |
| 6325 | else |
| 6326 | { |
| 6327 | value_copy = strdup(value); |
| 6328 | if (value_copy == NULL) |
| 6329 | { |
| 6330 | printfPQExpBuffer(errorMessage, libpq_gettext("out of memory\n" )); |
| 6331 | return NULL; |
| 6332 | } |
| 6333 | } |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 | if (option->val) |
| 6336 | free(option->val); |
| 6337 | option->val = value_copy; |
| 6338 | |
| 6339 | return option; |
| 6340 | } |
| 6341 | |
| 6342 | /* |
| 6343 | * Find a PQconninfoOption option corresponding to the keyword in the |
| 6344 | * connOptions array. |
| 6345 | * |
| 6346 | * If successful, returns a pointer to the corresponding PQconninfoOption |
| 6347 | * structure. |
| 6348 | * If not successful, returns NULL. |
| 6349 | */ |
| 6350 | static PQconninfoOption * |
| 6351 | conninfo_find(PQconninfoOption *connOptions, const char *keyword) |
| 6352 | { |
| 6353 | PQconninfoOption *option; |
| 6354 | |
| 6355 | for (option = connOptions; option->keyword != NULL; option++) |
| 6356 | { |
| 6357 | if (strcmp(option->keyword, keyword) == 0) |
| 6358 | return option; |
| 6359 | } |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 | return NULL; |
| 6362 | } |
| 6363 | |
| 6364 | |
| 6365 | /* |
| 6366 | * Return the connection options used for the connection |
| 6367 | */ |
| 6368 | PQconninfoOption * |
| 6369 | PQconninfo(PGconn *conn) |
| 6370 | { |
| 6371 | PQExpBufferData errorBuf; |
| 6372 | PQconninfoOption *connOptions; |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 | if (conn == NULL) |
| 6375 | return NULL; |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 | /* We don't actually report any errors here, but callees want a buffer */ |
| 6378 | initPQExpBuffer(&errorBuf); |
| 6379 | if (PQExpBufferDataBroken(errorBuf)) |
| 6380 | return NULL; /* out of memory already :-( */ |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 | connOptions = conninfo_init(&errorBuf); |
| 6383 | |
| 6384 | if (connOptions != NULL) |
| 6385 | { |
| 6386 | const internalPQconninfoOption *option; |
| 6387 | |
| 6388 | for (option = PQconninfoOptions; option->keyword; option++) |
| 6389 | { |
| 6390 | char **connmember; |
| 6391 | |
| 6392 | if (option->connofs < 0) |
| 6393 | continue; |
| 6394 | |
| 6395 | connmember = (char **) ((char *) conn + option->connofs); |
| 6396 | |
| 6397 | if (*connmember) |
| 6398 | conninfo_storeval(connOptions, option->keyword, *connmember, |
| 6399 | &errorBuf, true, false); |
| 6400 | } |
| 6401 | } |
| 6402 | |
| 6403 | termPQExpBuffer(&errorBuf); |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 | return connOptions; |
| 6406 | } |
| 6407 | |
| 6408 | |
| 6409 | void |
| 6410 | PQconninfoFree(PQconninfoOption *connOptions) |
| 6411 | { |
| 6412 | PQconninfoOption *option; |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 | if (connOptions == NULL) |
| 6415 | return; |
| 6416 | |
| 6417 | for (option = connOptions; option->keyword != NULL; option++) |
| 6418 | { |
| 6419 | if (option->val != NULL) |
| 6420 | free(option->val); |
| 6421 | } |
| 6422 | free(connOptions); |
| 6423 | } |
| 6424 | |
| 6425 | |
| 6426 | /* =========== accessor functions for PGconn ========= */ |
| 6427 | char * |
| 6428 | PQdb(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6429 | { |
| 6430 | if (!conn) |
| 6431 | return NULL; |
| 6432 | return conn->dbName; |
| 6433 | } |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 | char * |
| 6436 | PQuser(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6437 | { |
| 6438 | if (!conn) |
| 6439 | return NULL; |
| 6440 | return conn->pguser; |
| 6441 | } |
| 6442 | |
| 6443 | char * |
| 6444 | PQpass(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6445 | { |
| 6446 | char *password = NULL; |
| 6447 | |
| 6448 | if (!conn) |
| 6449 | return NULL; |
| 6450 | if (conn->connhost != NULL) |
| 6451 | password = conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].password; |
| 6452 | if (password == NULL) |
| 6453 | password = conn->pgpass; |
| 6454 | /* Historically we've returned "" not NULL for no password specified */ |
| 6455 | if (password == NULL) |
| 6456 | password = "" ; |
| 6457 | return password; |
| 6458 | } |
| 6459 | |
| 6460 | char * |
| 6461 | PQhost(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6462 | { |
| 6463 | if (!conn) |
| 6464 | return NULL; |
| 6465 | |
| 6466 | if (conn->connhost != NULL) |
| 6467 | { |
| 6468 | /* |
| 6469 | * Return the verbatim host value provided by user, or hostaddr in its |
| 6470 | * lack. |
| 6471 | */ |
| 6472 | if (conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].host != NULL && |
| 6473 | conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].host[0] != '\0') |
| 6474 | return conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].host; |
| 6475 | else if (conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].hostaddr != NULL && |
| 6476 | conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].hostaddr[0] != '\0') |
| 6477 | return conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].hostaddr; |
| 6478 | } |
| 6479 | |
| 6480 | return "" ; |
| 6481 | } |
| 6482 | |
| 6483 | char * |
| 6484 | PQhostaddr(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6485 | { |
| 6486 | if (!conn) |
| 6487 | return NULL; |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 | /* Return the parsed IP address */ |
| 6490 | if (conn->connhost != NULL && conn->connip != NULL) |
| 6491 | return conn->connip; |
| 6492 | |
| 6493 | return "" ; |
| 6494 | } |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 | char * |
| 6497 | PQport(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6498 | { |
| 6499 | if (!conn) |
| 6500 | return NULL; |
| 6501 | |
| 6502 | if (conn->connhost != NULL) |
| 6503 | return conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].port; |
| 6504 | |
| 6505 | return "" ; |
| 6506 | } |
| 6507 | |
| 6508 | char * |
| 6509 | PQtty(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6510 | { |
| 6511 | if (!conn) |
| 6512 | return NULL; |
| 6513 | return conn->pgtty; |
| 6514 | } |
| 6515 | |
| 6516 | char * |
| 6517 | PQoptions(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6518 | { |
| 6519 | if (!conn) |
| 6520 | return NULL; |
| 6521 | return conn->pgoptions; |
| 6522 | } |
| 6523 | |
| 6524 | ConnStatusType |
| 6525 | PQstatus(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6526 | { |
| 6527 | if (!conn) |
| 6528 | return CONNECTION_BAD; |
| 6529 | return conn->status; |
| 6530 | } |
| 6531 | |
| 6532 | PGTransactionStatusType |
| 6533 | PQtransactionStatus(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6534 | { |
| 6535 | if (!conn || conn->status != CONNECTION_OK) |
| 6536 | return PQTRANS_UNKNOWN; |
| 6537 | if (conn->asyncStatus != PGASYNC_IDLE) |
| 6538 | return PQTRANS_ACTIVE; |
| 6539 | return conn->xactStatus; |
| 6540 | } |
| 6541 | |
| 6542 | const char * |
| 6543 | PQparameterStatus(const PGconn *conn, const char *paramName) |
| 6544 | { |
| 6545 | const pgParameterStatus *pstatus; |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 | if (!conn || !paramName) |
| 6548 | return NULL; |
| 6549 | for (pstatus = conn->pstatus; pstatus != NULL; pstatus = pstatus->next) |
| 6550 | { |
| 6551 | if (strcmp(pstatus->name, paramName) == 0) |
| 6552 | return pstatus->value; |
| 6553 | } |
| 6554 | return NULL; |
| 6555 | } |
| 6556 | |
| 6557 | int |
| 6558 | PQprotocolVersion(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6559 | { |
| 6560 | if (!conn) |
| 6561 | return 0; |
| 6562 | if (conn->status == CONNECTION_BAD) |
| 6563 | return 0; |
| 6564 | return PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(conn->pversion); |
| 6565 | } |
| 6566 | |
| 6567 | int |
| 6568 | PQserverVersion(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6569 | { |
| 6570 | if (!conn) |
| 6571 | return 0; |
| 6572 | if (conn->status == CONNECTION_BAD) |
| 6573 | return 0; |
| 6574 | return conn->sversion; |
| 6575 | } |
| 6576 | |
| 6577 | char * |
| 6578 | PQerrorMessage(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6579 | { |
| 6580 | if (!conn) |
| 6581 | return libpq_gettext("connection pointer is NULL\n" ); |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 | return conn->errorMessage.data; |
| 6584 | } |
| 6585 | |
| 6586 | /* |
| 6587 | * In Windows, socket values are unsigned, and an invalid socket value |
| 6588 | * (INVALID_SOCKET) is ~0, which equals -1 in comparisons (with no compiler |
| 6589 | * warning). Ideally we would return an unsigned value for PQsocket() on |
| 6590 | * Windows, but that would cause the function's return value to differ from |
| 6591 | * Unix, so we just return -1 for invalid sockets. |
| 6592 | * http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/cc507522%28v=vs.85%29.aspx |
| 6593 | * http://stackoverflow.com/questions/10817252/why-is-invalid-socket-defined-as-0-in-winsock2-h-c |
| 6594 | */ |
| 6595 | int |
| 6596 | PQsocket(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6597 | { |
| 6598 | if (!conn) |
| 6599 | return -1; |
| 6600 | return (conn->sock != PGINVALID_SOCKET) ? conn->sock : -1; |
| 6601 | } |
| 6602 | |
| 6603 | int |
| 6604 | PQbackendPID(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6605 | { |
| 6606 | if (!conn || conn->status != CONNECTION_OK) |
| 6607 | return 0; |
| 6608 | return conn->be_pid; |
| 6609 | } |
| 6610 | |
| 6611 | int |
| 6612 | PQconnectionNeedsPassword(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6613 | { |
| 6614 | char *password; |
| 6615 | |
| 6616 | if (!conn) |
| 6617 | return false; |
| 6618 | password = PQpass(conn); |
| 6619 | if (conn->password_needed && |
| 6620 | (password == NULL || password[0] == '\0')) |
| 6621 | return true; |
| 6622 | else |
| 6623 | return false; |
| 6624 | } |
| 6625 | |
| 6626 | int |
| 6627 | PQconnectionUsedPassword(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6628 | { |
| 6629 | if (!conn) |
| 6630 | return false; |
| 6631 | if (conn->password_needed) |
| 6632 | return true; |
| 6633 | else |
| 6634 | return false; |
| 6635 | } |
| 6636 | |
| 6637 | int |
| 6638 | PQclientEncoding(const PGconn *conn) |
| 6639 | { |
| 6640 | if (!conn || conn->status != CONNECTION_OK) |
| 6641 | return -1; |
| 6642 | return conn->client_encoding; |
| 6643 | } |
| 6644 | |
| 6645 | int |
| 6646 | PQsetClientEncoding(PGconn *conn, const char *encoding) |
| 6647 | { |
| 6648 | char qbuf[128]; |
| 6649 | static const char query[] = "set client_encoding to '%s'" ; |
| 6650 | PGresult *res; |
| 6651 | int status; |
| 6652 | |
| 6653 | if (!conn || conn->status != CONNECTION_OK) |
| 6654 | return -1; |
| 6655 | |
| 6656 | if (!encoding) |
| 6657 | return -1; |
| 6658 | |
| 6659 | /* Resolve special "auto" value from the locale */ |
| 6660 | if (strcmp(encoding, "auto" ) == 0) |
| 6661 | encoding = pg_encoding_to_char(pg_get_encoding_from_locale(NULL, true)); |
| 6662 | |
| 6663 | /* check query buffer overflow */ |
| 6664 | if (sizeof(qbuf) < (sizeof(query) + strlen(encoding))) |
| 6665 | return -1; |
| 6666 | |
| 6667 | /* ok, now send a query */ |
| 6668 | sprintf(qbuf, query, encoding); |
| 6669 | res = PQexec(conn, qbuf); |
| 6670 | |
| 6671 | if (res == NULL) |
| 6672 | return -1; |
| 6673 | if (res->resultStatus != PGRES_COMMAND_OK) |
| 6674 | status = -1; |
| 6675 | else |
| 6676 | { |
| 6677 | /* |
| 6678 | * In protocol 2 we have to assume the setting will stick, and adjust |
| 6679 | * our state immediately. In protocol 3 and up we can rely on the |
| 6680 | * backend to report the parameter value, and we'll change state at |
| 6681 | * that time. |
| 6682 | */ |
| 6683 | if (PG_PROTOCOL_MAJOR(conn->pversion) < 3) |
| 6684 | pqSaveParameterStatus(conn, "client_encoding" , encoding); |
| 6685 | status = 0; /* everything is ok */ |
| 6686 | } |
| 6687 | PQclear(res); |
| 6688 | return status; |
| 6689 | } |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 | PGVerbosity |
| 6692 | PQsetErrorVerbosity(PGconn *conn, PGVerbosity verbosity) |
| 6693 | { |
| 6694 | PGVerbosity old; |
| 6695 | |
| 6696 | if (!conn) |
| 6697 | return PQERRORS_DEFAULT; |
| 6698 | old = conn->verbosity; |
| 6699 | conn->verbosity = verbosity; |
| 6700 | return old; |
| 6701 | } |
| 6702 | |
| 6703 | PGContextVisibility |
| 6704 | PQsetErrorContextVisibility(PGconn *conn, PGContextVisibility show_context) |
| 6705 | { |
| 6706 | PGContextVisibility old; |
| 6707 | |
| 6708 | if (!conn) |
| 6709 | return PQSHOW_CONTEXT_ERRORS; |
| 6710 | old = conn->show_context; |
| 6711 | conn->show_context = show_context; |
| 6712 | return old; |
| 6713 | } |
| 6714 | |
| 6715 | void |
| 6716 | PQtrace(PGconn *conn, FILE *debug_port) |
| 6717 | { |
| 6718 | if (conn == NULL) |
| 6719 | return; |
| 6720 | PQuntrace(conn); |
| 6721 | conn->Pfdebug = debug_port; |
| 6722 | } |
| 6723 | |
| 6724 | void |
| 6725 | PQuntrace(PGconn *conn) |
| 6726 | { |
| 6727 | if (conn == NULL) |
| 6728 | return; |
| 6729 | if (conn->Pfdebug) |
| 6730 | { |
| 6731 | fflush(conn->Pfdebug); |
| 6732 | conn->Pfdebug = NULL; |
| 6733 | } |
| 6734 | } |
| 6735 | |
| 6736 | PQnoticeReceiver |
| 6737 | PQsetNoticeReceiver(PGconn *conn, PQnoticeReceiver proc, void *arg) |
| 6738 | { |
| 6739 | PQnoticeReceiver old; |
| 6740 | |
| 6741 | if (conn == NULL) |
| 6742 | return NULL; |
| 6743 | |
| 6744 | old = conn->noticeHooks.noticeRec; |
| 6745 | if (proc) |
| 6746 | { |
| 6747 | conn->noticeHooks.noticeRec = proc; |
| 6748 | conn->noticeHooks.noticeRecArg = arg; |
| 6749 | } |
| 6750 | return old; |
| 6751 | } |
| 6752 | |
| 6753 | PQnoticeProcessor |
| 6754 | PQsetNoticeProcessor(PGconn *conn, PQnoticeProcessor proc, void *arg) |
| 6755 | { |
| 6756 | PQnoticeProcessor old; |
| 6757 | |
| 6758 | if (conn == NULL) |
| 6759 | return NULL; |
| 6760 | |
| 6761 | old = conn->noticeHooks.noticeProc; |
| 6762 | if (proc) |
| 6763 | { |
| 6764 | conn->noticeHooks.noticeProc = proc; |
| 6765 | conn->noticeHooks.noticeProcArg = arg; |
| 6766 | } |
| 6767 | return old; |
| 6768 | } |
| 6769 | |
| 6770 | /* |
| 6771 | * The default notice message receiver just gets the standard notice text |
| 6772 | * and sends it to the notice processor. This two-level setup exists |
| 6773 | * mostly for backwards compatibility; perhaps we should deprecate use of |
| 6774 | * PQsetNoticeProcessor? |
| 6775 | */ |
| 6776 | static void |
| 6777 | defaultNoticeReceiver(void *arg, const PGresult *res) |
| 6778 | { |
| 6779 | (void) arg; /* not used */ |
| 6780 | if (res->noticeHooks.noticeProc != NULL) |
| 6781 | res->noticeHooks.noticeProc(res->noticeHooks.noticeProcArg, |
| 6782 | PQresultErrorMessage(res)); |
| 6783 | } |
| 6784 | |
| 6785 | /* |
| 6786 | * The default notice message processor just prints the |
| 6787 | * message on stderr. Applications can override this if they |
| 6788 | * want the messages to go elsewhere (a window, for example). |
| 6789 | * Note that simply discarding notices is probably a bad idea. |
| 6790 | */ |
| 6791 | static void |
| 6792 | defaultNoticeProcessor(void *arg, const char *message) |
| 6793 | { |
| 6794 | (void) arg; /* not used */ |
| 6795 | /* Note: we expect the supplied string to end with a newline already. */ |
| 6796 | fprintf(stderr, "%s" , message); |
| 6797 | } |
| 6798 | |
| 6799 | /* |
| 6800 | * returns a pointer to the next token or NULL if the current |
| 6801 | * token doesn't match |
| 6802 | */ |
| 6803 | static char * |
| 6804 | pwdfMatchesString(char *buf, const char *token) |
| 6805 | { |
| 6806 | char *tbuf; |
| 6807 | const char *ttok; |
| 6808 | bool bslash = false; |
| 6809 | |
| 6810 | if (buf == NULL || token == NULL) |
| 6811 | return NULL; |
| 6812 | tbuf = buf; |
| 6813 | ttok = token; |
| 6814 | if (tbuf[0] == '*' && tbuf[1] == ':') |
| 6815 | return tbuf + 2; |
| 6816 | while (*tbuf != 0) |
| 6817 | { |
| 6818 | if (*tbuf == '\\' && !bslash) |
| 6819 | { |
| 6820 | tbuf++; |
| 6821 | bslash = true; |
| 6822 | } |
| 6823 | if (*tbuf == ':' && *ttok == 0 && !bslash) |
| 6824 | return tbuf + 1; |
| 6825 | bslash = false; |
| 6826 | if (*ttok == 0) |
| 6827 | return NULL; |
| 6828 | if (*tbuf == *ttok) |
| 6829 | { |
| 6830 | tbuf++; |
| 6831 | ttok++; |
| 6832 | } |
| 6833 | else |
| 6834 | return NULL; |
| 6835 | } |
| 6836 | return NULL; |
| 6837 | } |
| 6838 | |
| 6839 | /* Get a password from the password file. Return value is malloc'd. */ |
| 6840 | static char * |
| 6841 | passwordFromFile(const char *hostname, const char *port, const char *dbname, |
| 6842 | const char *username, const char *pgpassfile) |
| 6843 | { |
| 6844 | FILE *fp; |
| 6845 | struct stat stat_buf; |
| 6846 | |
| 6847 | #define LINELEN NAMEDATALEN*5 |
| 6848 | char buf[LINELEN]; |
| 6849 | |
| 6850 | if (dbname == NULL || dbname[0] == '\0') |
| 6851 | return NULL; |
| 6852 | |
| 6853 | if (username == NULL || username[0] == '\0') |
| 6854 | return NULL; |
| 6855 | |
| 6856 | /* 'localhost' matches pghost of '' or the default socket directory */ |
| 6857 | if (hostname == NULL || hostname[0] == '\0') |
| 6858 | hostname = DefaultHost; |
| 6859 | else if (is_absolute_path(hostname)) |
| 6860 | |
| 6861 | /* |
| 6862 | * We should probably use canonicalize_path(), but then we have to |
| 6863 | * bring path.c into libpq, and it doesn't seem worth it. |
| 6864 | */ |
| 6865 | if (strcmp(hostname, DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR) == 0) |
| 6866 | hostname = DefaultHost; |
| 6867 | |
| 6868 | if (port == NULL || port[0] == '\0') |
| 6869 | port = DEF_PGPORT_STR; |
| 6870 | |
| 6871 | /* If password file cannot be opened, ignore it. */ |
| 6872 | if (stat(pgpassfile, &stat_buf) != 0) |
| 6873 | return NULL; |
| 6874 | |
| 6875 | #ifndef WIN32 |
| 6876 | if (!S_ISREG(stat_buf.st_mode)) |
| 6877 | { |
| 6878 | fprintf(stderr, |
| 6879 | libpq_gettext("WARNING: password file \"%s\" is not a plain file\n" ), |
| 6880 | pgpassfile); |
| 6881 | return NULL; |
| 6882 | } |
| 6883 | |
| 6884 | /* If password file is insecure, alert the user and ignore it. */ |
| 6885 | if (stat_buf.st_mode & (S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)) |
| 6886 | { |
| 6887 | fprintf(stderr, |
| 6888 | libpq_gettext("WARNING: password file \"%s\" has group or world access; permissions should be u=rw (0600) or less\n" ), |
| 6889 | pgpassfile); |
| 6890 | return NULL; |
| 6891 | } |
| 6892 | #else |
| 6893 | |
| 6894 | /* |
| 6895 | * On Win32, the directory is protected, so we don't have to check the |
| 6896 | * file. |
| 6897 | */ |
| 6898 | #endif |
| 6899 | |
| 6900 | fp = fopen(pgpassfile, "r" ); |
| 6901 | if (fp == NULL) |
| 6902 | return NULL; |
| 6903 | |
| 6904 | while (!feof(fp) && !ferror(fp)) |
| 6905 | { |
| 6906 | char *t = buf, |
| 6907 | *ret, |
| 6908 | *p1, |
| 6909 | *p2; |
| 6910 | int len; |
| 6911 | |
| 6912 | if (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp) == NULL) |
| 6913 | break; |
| 6914 | |
| 6915 | len = strlen(buf); |
| 6916 | |
| 6917 | /* Remove trailing newline */ |
| 6918 | if (len > 0 && buf[len - 1] == '\n') |
| 6919 | { |
| 6920 | buf[--len] = '\0'; |
| 6921 | /* Handle DOS-style line endings, too, even when not on Windows */ |
| 6922 | if (len > 0 && buf[len - 1] == '\r') |
| 6923 | buf[--len] = '\0'; |
| 6924 | } |
| 6925 | |
| 6926 | if (len == 0) |
| 6927 | continue; |
| 6928 | |
| 6929 | if ((t = pwdfMatchesString(t, hostname)) == NULL || |
| 6930 | (t = pwdfMatchesString(t, port)) == NULL || |
| 6931 | (t = pwdfMatchesString(t, dbname)) == NULL || |
| 6932 | (t = pwdfMatchesString(t, username)) == NULL) |
| 6933 | continue; |
| 6934 | |
| 6935 | /* Found a match. */ |
| 6936 | ret = strdup(t); |
| 6937 | fclose(fp); |
| 6938 | |
| 6939 | if (!ret) |
| 6940 | { |
| 6941 | /* Out of memory. XXX: an error message would be nice. */ |
| 6942 | return NULL; |
| 6943 | } |
| 6944 | |
| 6945 | /* De-escape password. */ |
| 6946 | for (p1 = p2 = ret; *p1 != ':' && *p1 != '\0'; ++p1, ++p2) |
| 6947 | { |
| 6948 | if (*p1 == '\\' && p1[1] != '\0') |
| 6949 | ++p1; |
| 6950 | *p2 = *p1; |
| 6951 | } |
| 6952 | *p2 = '\0'; |
| 6953 | |
| 6954 | return ret; |
| 6955 | } |
| 6956 | |
| 6957 | fclose(fp); |
| 6958 | return NULL; |
| 6959 | |
| 6960 | #undef LINELEN |
| 6961 | } |
| 6962 | |
| 6963 | |
| 6964 | /* |
| 6965 | * If the connection failed due to bad password, we should mention |
| 6966 | * if we got the password from the pgpassfile. |
| 6967 | */ |
| 6968 | static void |
| 6969 | pgpassfileWarning(PGconn *conn) |
| 6970 | { |
| 6971 | /* If it was 'invalid authorization', add pgpassfile mention */ |
| 6972 | /* only works with >= 9.0 servers */ |
| 6973 | if (conn->password_needed && |
| 6974 | conn->connhost[conn->whichhost].password != NULL && |
| 6975 | conn->result) |
| 6976 | { |
| 6977 | const char *sqlstate = PQresultErrorField(conn->result, |
| 6978 | PG_DIAG_SQLSTATE); |
| 6979 | |
| 6980 | if (sqlstate && strcmp(sqlstate, ERRCODE_INVALID_PASSWORD) == 0) |
| 6981 | appendPQExpBuffer(&conn->errorMessage, |
| 6982 | libpq_gettext("password retrieved from file \"%s\"\n" ), |
| 6983 | conn->pgpassfile); |
| 6984 | } |
| 6985 | } |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 | |
| 6988 | /* |
| 6989 | * Obtain user's home directory, return in given buffer |
| 6990 | * |
| 6991 | * On Unix, this actually returns the user's home directory. On Windows |
| 6992 | * it returns the PostgreSQL-specific application data folder. |
| 6993 | * |
| 6994 | * This is essentially the same as get_home_path(), but we don't use that |
| 6995 | * because we don't want to pull path.c into libpq (it pollutes application |
| 6996 | * namespace). |
| 6997 | * |
| 6998 | * Returns true on success, false on failure to obtain the directory name. |
| 6999 | * |
| 7000 | * CAUTION: although in most situations failure is unexpected, there are users |
| 7001 | * who like to run applications in a home-directory-less environment. On |
| 7002 | * failure, you almost certainly DO NOT want to report an error. Just act as |
| 7003 | * though whatever file you were hoping to find in the home directory isn't |
| 7004 | * there (which it isn't). |
| 7005 | */ |
| 7006 | bool |
| 7007 | pqGetHomeDirectory(char *buf, int bufsize) |
| 7008 | { |
| 7009 | #ifndef WIN32 |
| 7010 | char pwdbuf[BUFSIZ]; |
| 7011 | struct passwd pwdstr; |
| 7012 | struct passwd *pwd = NULL; |
| 7013 | |
| 7014 | (void) pqGetpwuid(geteuid(), &pwdstr, pwdbuf, sizeof(pwdbuf), &pwd); |
| 7015 | if (pwd == NULL) |
| 7016 | return false; |
| 7017 | strlcpy(buf, pwd->pw_dir, bufsize); |
| 7018 | return true; |
| 7019 | #else |
| 7020 | char tmppath[MAX_PATH]; |
| 7021 | |
| 7022 | ZeroMemory(tmppath, sizeof(tmppath)); |
| 7023 | if (SHGetFolderPath(NULL, CSIDL_APPDATA, NULL, 0, tmppath) != S_OK) |
| 7024 | return false; |
| 7025 | snprintf(buf, bufsize, "%s/postgresql" , tmppath); |
| 7026 | return true; |
| 7027 | #endif |
| 7028 | } |
| 7029 | |
| 7030 | /* |
| 7031 | * To keep the API consistent, the locking stubs are always provided, even |
| 7032 | * if they are not required. |
| 7033 | */ |
| 7034 | |
| 7035 | static void |
| 7036 | default_threadlock(int acquire) |
| 7037 | { |
| 7038 | #ifdef ENABLE_THREAD_SAFETY |
| 7039 | #ifndef WIN32 |
| 7040 | static pthread_mutex_t singlethread_lock = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; |
| 7041 | #else |
| 7042 | static pthread_mutex_t singlethread_lock = NULL; |
| 7043 | static long mutex_initlock = 0; |
| 7044 | |
| 7045 | if (singlethread_lock == NULL) |
| 7046 | { |
| 7047 | while (InterlockedExchange(&mutex_initlock, 1) == 1) |
| 7048 | /* loop, another thread own the lock */ ; |
| 7049 | if (singlethread_lock == NULL) |
| 7050 | { |
| 7051 | if (pthread_mutex_init(&singlethread_lock, NULL)) |
| 7052 | PGTHREAD_ERROR("failed to initialize mutex" ); |
| 7053 | } |
| 7054 | InterlockedExchange(&mutex_initlock, 0); |
| 7055 | } |
| 7056 | #endif |
| 7057 | if (acquire) |
| 7058 | { |
| 7059 | if (pthread_mutex_lock(&singlethread_lock)) |
| 7060 | PGTHREAD_ERROR("failed to lock mutex" ); |
| 7061 | } |
| 7062 | else |
| 7063 | { |
| 7064 | if (pthread_mutex_unlock(&singlethread_lock)) |
| 7065 | PGTHREAD_ERROR("failed to unlock mutex" ); |
| 7066 | } |
| 7067 | #endif |
| 7068 | } |
| 7069 | |
| 7070 | pgthreadlock_t |
| 7071 | PQregisterThreadLock(pgthreadlock_t newhandler) |
| 7072 | { |
| 7073 | pgthreadlock_t prev = pg_g_threadlock; |
| 7074 | |
| 7075 | if (newhandler) |
| 7076 | pg_g_threadlock = newhandler; |
| 7077 | else |
| 7078 | pg_g_threadlock = default_threadlock; |
| 7079 | |
| 7080 | return prev; |
| 7081 | } |
| 7082 | |